IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXII NUMBER 16 February
9, 2000 Pages 1189 to 1304
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 1201 to 1289 include ARC 9637A to ARC
9688A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND
STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Filed, Rural revitalization; apple grading; pilot
lamb and
wool management education project;
multiflora rose eradication; contracts for
diary
inspection services; eggs, rescind chs 10, 11,
15, 21, 70, 75
ARC 9682A 1267
Filed, Infectious and contagious
diseases—swine,
64.153(6), 64.156(2),
64.157(2)“c”
ARC 9683A 1267
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 1192
Publication procedures 1193
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 1193
Agency identification numbers 1199
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193B]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Registration, 2.1 to 2.3 ARC
9638A 1267
BANKING DIVISION[187]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Uniform waiver and variance rules,
ch 12 ARC
9652A 1201
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 1198
COLLEGE STUDENT AID COMMISSION[283]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Uniform rules for waivers, ch 5
ARC
9658A 1202
CREDIT UNION DIVISION[189]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Uniform waiver and variance rules,
ch 26
ARC 9653A 1204
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Filed, Practice of dental hygiene, 1.1
ARC
9661A 1268
Filed Emergency, Change of address,
5.5, 6.3(1), 9.1,
9.3(3), 9.5, 9.6(2),
25.4(3), 25.10, 31.3, 51.13 ARC
9659A 1264
Filed, Dental hygienists—monitoring of nitrous
oxide
inhalation analgesia, 10.3(1); rescind
29.6(4), 29.6(5) ARC
9660A 1269
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice, Housing fund, 5.8(3) ARC 9684A 1206
Filed, Self–employment loan program,
51.3 ARC
9685A 1270
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Uniform waiver and variance rules,
ch 6 ARC
9674A 1207
Notice, Initial applicants—state and
federal
background checks, 14.1 ARC 9672A 1209
Notice, Alternative preparation license,
14.10, 14.33
ARC 9666A 1209
Notice, Substitute teaching—two–year
exchange
license, 14.17(3) ARC 9670A 1210
Notice, Staff development units for license
renewal,
16.3(3), 16.5(1) ARC 9673A 1211
Filed, Declaratory orders, ch 3
ARC
9667A 1270
Filed, Agency procedure for rule making,
ch 4 ARC
9668A 1271
Filed, Complaints, investigations, contested
case hearings,
ch 11 ARC 9669A 1271
Filed, Licensure renewal, 17.5, 17.7, 17.9,
17.11 ARC
9671A 1272
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Notice, Uniform waiver rules, ch 4
ARC
9641A 1211
Filed, Educational programs and services for
pupils in
juvenile homes, 63.1 to 63.21
ARC 9640A 1274
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Waivers or variances from administrative
rules, ch
13 ARC 9676A 1214
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
Notice, Uniform waiver and variance rules,
ch 20 ARC
9665A 1214
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Accreditation of providers of services
to persons
with mental illness, mental
retardation, and developmental
disabilities,
ch 24 ARC 9643A 1217
Notice, Medicaid reimbursement for nursing
facilities,
79.1(9)“b” ARC 9644A 1230
Filed, Pilot workfare program for able–bodied
adults
without dependents (ABAWDs), 65.27,
65.28 ARC 9637A 1279
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice, Hospital medical staff, 51.5(3)
ARC
9655A 1231
Notice, Reference source updates—obstetric
and
neonatal services, 51.32(2)
ARC 9656A 1231
Notice, Freedom of choice of physician
and pharmacy,
57.19(1), 58.51 ARC 9657A 1232
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Licensing of car rental companies and
employees,
10.51 to 10.60 ARC 9646A 1280
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Filed, Reporting occupational injuries,
4.4(2), 4.19
ARC 9680A 1282
Filed, Employee discrimination, 9.4
ARC
9679A 1282
Filed Emergency After Notice, Employment
agency licensing,
38.1 to 38.10
ARC 9678A 1264
LOTTERY DIVISION[705]
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]“umbrella”
Notice, Waiver or variance of rules,
1.30 ARC
9650A 1232
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Uniform waiver and variance rules,
ch 15 ARC
9675A 1234
PETROLEUM UST FUND BOARD,
IOWA
COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Filed, Restructuring of insurance board and
transfer of
assets and liabilities of insurance
fund; remedial claims, ch 10, 11.1 to
11.3
ARC 9654A 1283
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Filed, Emergency medical services, ch 131,
132.1 to 132.8,
132.10 to 132.13
ARC 9651A 1284
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 1194
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, Trifecta wagering; grounds for denial,
suspension
or revocation of license; labor
organization registration,
8.2(13),
13.10(8), 13.14 ARC 9647A 1236
Filed, Waivers or variances from rules;
certified bleeder;
evaluation of new
gambling game, 1.8, 10.6(1)“g,” 26.18
ARC
9648A 1284
Filed, General, 5.15(9), 7.9, 7.13(7),
9.2(1), 10.1, 10.2,
10.4(2), 10.5, 13.2(5),
13.19(5), 24.29(11), 25.11(2), 25.14(3)
ARC
9649A 1285
SCHOOL BUDGET REVIEW COMMITTEE[289]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Uniform waiver rules,
ch 8 ARC
9642A 1237
SOIL CONSERVATION DIVISION[27]
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]“umbrella”
Filed, Cost–sharing on grade
stabilization
structures; summer construction incentive dates,
10.41,
10.60(2) ARC 9681A 1285
SUPREME COURT
Decisions summarized 1290
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Filed, General aviation airport infrastructure
program, ch
717 ARC 9645A 1286
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
Notice, Waiver of administrative rules, ch 19
ARC
9677A 1239
Filed Emergency, LIFT—value–added
agriculture
linked investment program,
4.11 ARC 9639A 1265
USURY
Notice 1240
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Rule waivers, 1.3, 2.2(17)
ARC
9664A 1240
Notice, Equipment distribution program,
37.2 to 37.4,
37.5(1) ARC 9663A 1242
Filed, Natural gas supply and cost review,
19.11 ARC
9662A 1287
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD/
SERVICES
DIVISION[877]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Notice, Workforce development board,
1.1(2), 1.4 to 1.6
ARC 9687A 1244
Notice, Iowa workforce investment act program,
ch 7 ARC
9688A 1246
Filed, Requests for waiver of rules, 2.4
ARC
9686A 1288
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 1999, to June 30, 2000 $253.86 plus
$12.69 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,163.76 plus $58.19 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $409.24 plus
$20.46 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2000)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2000
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 24 ’99
|
Jan. 12 ’00
|
Feb. 1 ’00
|
Feb. 16 ’00
|
Feb. 18 ’00
|
Mar. 8 ’00
|
Apr. 12 ’00
|
July 10 ’00
|
Jan. 7
|
Jan. 26
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 26
|
July 24
|
Jan. 21
|
Feb. 9
|
Feb. 29
|
Mar. 15
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
May 10
|
Aug. 7
|
Feb. 4
|
Feb. 23
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 29
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 24
|
Aug. 21
|
Feb. 18
|
Mar. 8
|
Mar. 28
|
Apr. 12
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
June 7
|
Sept. 4
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 26
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 21
|
Sept. 18
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
Apr. 25
|
May 10
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
July 5
|
Oct. 2
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 9
|
May 24
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 19
|
Oct. 16
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
May 23
|
June 7
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
Aug. 2
|
Oct. 30
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 6
|
June 21
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 16
|
Nov. 13
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
June 20
|
July 5
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 30
|
Nov. 27
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 4
|
July 19
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Sept. 13
|
Dec. 11
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
July 18
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 27
|
Dec. 25
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 16
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Oct. 11
|
Jan. 8 ’01
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 25
|
Jan. 22 ’01
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Aug. 29
|
Sept. 13
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Nov. 8
|
Feb. 5 ’01
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 27
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 22
|
Feb. 19 ’01
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Sept. 26
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Dec. 6
|
Mar. 5 ’01
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 25
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 20
|
Mar. 19 ’01
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Oct. 24
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Apr. 2 ’01
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 22
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Apr. 16 ’01
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Nov. 21
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Apr. 30 ’01
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 20
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
May 14 ’01
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Dec. 19
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
May 28 ’01
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 2 ’01
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Jan. 19 ’01
|
Feb. 7 ’01
|
Mar. 14 ’01
|
June 11 ’01
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 16 ’01
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Feb. 2 ’01
|
Feb. 21 ’01
|
Mar. 28 ’01
|
June 25 ’01
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 13 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
Mar. 2 ’01
|
Mar. 21 ’01
|
Apr. 25 ’01
|
July 23 ’01
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
18
|
Friday, February 18, 2000
|
March 8, 2000
|
19
|
Friday, March 3, 2000
|
March 22, 2000
|
20
|
Friday, March 17, 2000
|
April 5, 2000
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5″ High Density (not
Double Density) IBM PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please
indicate on each diskette the following information: agency name, file name,
format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered
to the Administrative Code Division, 1st Floor, Lucas State Office Building or
included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative
Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
1999 SUMMER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
June 1999)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (January 1999 through June
1999)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through June 1999)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
Housing fund, 25.8(3) IAB 2/9/00 ARC
9684A
|
Main Conference Room 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
Uniform waiver and variance rules, ch 6 IAB 2/9/00
ARC 9674A
|
Conference Room 2 South—2nd Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 16, 2000 11 a.m.
|
Initial applicants—state and federal background
checks, 14.1 IAB 2/9/00 ARC 9672A
|
Conference Room 3 North—3rd Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 14, 2000 3 p.m.
|
Alternative preparation license, 14.10, 14.33 IAB 2/9/00
ARC 9666A
|
Conference Room 3 North—3rd Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 14, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Substitute teaching—two–year exchange license,
14.17(3) IAB 2/9/00 ARC 9670A
|
Conference Room 2 South—2nd Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 16, 2000 9 a.m.
|
Staff development units for licensure renewal, 16.3(3),
16.5(1) IAB 2/9/00 ARC 9673A
|
Conference Room 2 South—2nd Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 16, 2000 10 a.m.
|
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
|
|
Uniform waiver rules, ch 4 IAB 2/9/00 ARC
9641A
|
State Board Room Grimes State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 1 p.m.
|
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DIVISION[605]
|
|
Enhanced wireless 911 service plan, 10.7 IAB 1/26/00
ARC 9632A (See also ARC 9633A)
|
Conference Room—Level A Hoover State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 10 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
Accreditation of providers of services to persons with
mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities, ch
24 IAB 2/9/00 ARC 9643A
|
Conference Room—6th Floor Iowa Bldg., Suite
600 411 3rd St. SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
March 3, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Administrative Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville
Blvd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
(Cont’d)
|
|
Large Conference Room Bicentennial Bldg.—5th
Floor 428 Western Davenport, Iowa
|
March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 102 City View Plaza 1200
University Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 2, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Liberty Room Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason
City, Iowa
|
March 1, 2000 10 am.
|
|
Conference Room 3 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 420 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407
Independence Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
|
|
Freedom of choice of physician and pharmacy, 57.19(1),
58.51 IAB 2/9/00 ARC 9657A
|
Director’s Conference Room Second Floor Lucas
State Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 9 a.m.
|
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
|
|
Waivers from administrative rules, 1.101 to 1.109 IAB
1/26/00 ARC 9631A
|
Division of Labor Services 1000 E. Grand Ave. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 1:30 p.m. (If
requested)
|
LOTTERY DIVISION[705]
|
|
Waiver or variance of rules, 1.30 IAB 2/9/00 ARC
9650A
|
2015 Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 2 p.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Supervision of pharmacists who administer prescription
drugs, 13.3 IAB 1/26/00 ARC 9618A
|
Auditorium State Historical Building 600 E. Locust
St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 1 p.m.
|
NURSING BOARD[655]
|
|
Examinations, 2.10 IAB 1/12/00 ARC
9607A
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel 4th and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 1, 2000 7 p.m.
|
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
|
|
Uniform rules for waivers and variances, ch 32 IAB
1/26/00 ARC 9626A
|
IPERS 600 E. Court Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 9 a.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
Radiation, amendments to chs 38 to 42, 45, 46 IAB
1/26/00 ARC 9629A
|
Conference Room—5th Floor South Side 1 Lucas State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 8:30 a.m.
|
WIC program, 73.5, 73.8, 73.9, 73.12(1), 73.19,
73.20 IAB 1/26/00 ARC 9623A (ICN Network)
|
ICN Classroom 1, Room 0210 Scott Community College 500
Belmont Rd. Bettendorf, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom National Guard Armory 2500 Summer
St. Burlington, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
Schindler Education Center 130A UNI Hudson Rd. and 23rd
St. Cedar Falls, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
Jefferson High School 1243 20th St. SW Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom Clear Lake High School 125 N. 20th
St. Clear Lake, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom 1 Southwestern Community College 1501 W.
Townline Rd. Creston, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
Room 115, Trade Industry Bldg. Northeast Iowa Community
College 1625 Hwy. 150 Calmar, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room—6th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641] (ICN Network)
(Cont’d)
|
|
Room 22, Library Bldg. Iowa Lakes Community College 300
S. 18th St. Estherville, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
Army Aviation Support Facility 1649 Nelson Ave. Fort
Dodge, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
ICN Room National Guard Armory 2858 N. Court
Rd. Ottumwa, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
Forum Bldg.—2nd Floor Dubuque Community School
District 2300 Chaney Dubuque, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
|
Individual Learning Center Central Campus 1121 Jackson
St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 12 noon to 1 p.m.
|
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
Trifecta wagering; grounds for denial; suspension or
revocation of license; labor organization registration, 8.2(13), 13.10(8),
13.14 IAB 2/9/00 ARC 9647A
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 9 a.m.
|
SCHOOL BUDGET REVIEW COMMITTEE[289]
|
|
Uniform waiver rules, ch 8 IAB 2/9/00 ARC
9642A
|
State Board Room Grimes State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 2 p.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
Waiver of rules, 10.1(2), ch 11, 112.1(2), 115.1(2),
524.2(2), 529.3 IAB 1/26/00 ARC 9617A
|
Commission Conference Room 800 Lincoln Way Ames,
Iowa
|
February 17, 2000 1 p.m. (If
requested)
|
Flashing lights and warning devices on slow–moving
vehicles, ch 452 IAB 1/26/00 ARC 9622A
|
Commission Conference Room 800 Lincoln Way Ames,
Iowa
|
February 17, 2000 2 p.m. (If
requested)
|
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
|
|
Waiver of administrative rules, ch 19 IAB 2/9/00 ARC
9677A
|
Room 114 State Capitol Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 3, 2000 10 a.m.
|
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD/SERVICES
DIVISION[877]
|
|
Workforce deveopment board, 1.1(2), 1.4 to 1.6 IAB
2/9/00 ARC 9687A
|
Labor Conference Room Third Floor West 1000 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Iowa workforce investment act program, ch 7 IAB 2/9/00
ARC 9688A
|
Labor Conference Room Third Floor West 1000 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 29, 2000 1 p.m.
|
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
|
|
Request for waiver of administrative rule, 23.40(2), ch
41 IAB 1/26/00 ARC 9630A
|
Unemployment Insurance Svcs. Div. 1000 E. Grand Ave. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
February 15, 2000 9:30 a.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 9652A
BANKING DIVISION[187]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 524.213 and
Executive Order Number 11, the Banking Division of the Commerce Department
hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 12, “Uniform
Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules describe the procedures for applying for, issuing,
or denying waivers and variances from Division rules. The purpose of these
rules is to comply with Executive Order Number 11 which requires state agencies
to adopt uniform waiver rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed rules will be accepted
until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments to the Superintendent of Banking, Banking Division,
Department of Commerce, 200 East Grand Avenue, Suite 300, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–1827; telephone (515)281–4014.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 12
UNIFORM WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
187—12.1(ExecOrd11) Applicability. This chapter
outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from rules
adopted by the banking division.
12.1(1) Banking division authority. A waiver or
variance from rules adopted by the banking division may be granted in accordance
with this chapter if: (1) the division has exclusive rule–making
authority to promulgate the rule from which waiver or variance is requested or
has final decision–making authority over a contested case in which a
waiver or variance is requested; and (2) no statute or rule otherwise controls
the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from which waiver or variance is
requested.
12.1(2) Interpretive rules. These uniform waiver and
variance rules shall not apply to rules that merely define the meaning of a
statute or other provisions of law or precedent if the division does not possess
delegated authority to bind the courts to any extent with its
definition.
187—12.2(ExecOrd11) Compliance with statute. No
waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement which is imposed by
statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
187—12.3(ExecOrd11) Criteria for waiver or
variance. The division may issue an order, in response to a completed
petition or on its own motion, granting a waiver or variance from a rule adopted
by the division, in whole or in part, as applied to the circumstances of a
specified person if the division finds that:
1. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
2. Waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
3. Waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person.
In determining whether waiver or variance would be consistent
with the public interest under “2” above, the division shall
consider whether, if the waiver or variance is granted, the public health and
safety will be protected by other means that are substantially equivalent to
full compliance with the rule.
12.3(1) Division discretion. The decision on whether
the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or variance shall be made at
the discretion of the division, upon consideration of all relevant
factors.
12.3(2) Mandatory waivers or variances. In response
to the timely filing of a completed petition requesting a waiver or variance,
the division shall grant a waiver or variance from a rule, in whole or in part,
as applied to the particular circumstances of a specified person, if the
division finds that the application of all of the rule or a portion thereof to
the circumstances of that specified person would not, to any extent, advance or
serve any of the purposes of the rule.
12.3(3) Burden of persuasion. The petitioner shall
assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a waiver or
variance from a division rule.
12.3(4) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. These uniform waiver and variance rules shall not preclude the
division from granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the basis of
other standards if a statute or other division rule authorizes the division to
do so and the division deems it appropriate to do so.
12.3(5) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver or variance is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the
division shall balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner
with the overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
187—12.4(ExecOrd11) Filing of petition. A
petition for a waiver or variance must be submitted in writing to the division
as follows:
12.4(1) License application. If the petition relates
to a license application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the
filing requirements for the license in question.
12.4(2) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
12.4(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
license application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted
to the division’s administrator.
187—12.5(ExecOrd11) Content of petition. A
petition for waiver or variance shall include the following information where
applicable and known to the requester:
12.5(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the
person or entity for whom a waiver or variance is being requested and the case
number of any related contested case.
12.5(2) A description and citation of the specific
rule from which a waiver or variance is requested.
12.5(3) The specific waiver or variance requested,
including the precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance
will extend.
12.5(4) The relevant facts that the petitioner
believes would justify a waiver or variance. This statement shall include a
signed statement from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts
provided in the petition and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes
will justify a waiver or variance.
12.5(5) A history of any prior contacts between the
division and the petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license
affected by the proposed waiver or variance, including a description of each
affected license held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case
hearings, or investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license
within the last five years.
12.5(6) Any information known to the requester
regarding the division’s treatment of similar cases.
12.5(7) The name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or
variance.
12.5(8) The name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a
petition.
12.5(9) The name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
12.5(10) Signed releases of information authorizing
persons with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the division with
information relevant to the waiver or variance.
187—12.6(ExecOrd11) Additional information.
Prior to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the division
may request additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition
and surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested
case, the division may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
superintendent of banking or the division’s administrator.
187—12.7(ExecOrd11) Notice. The division shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The division shall ensure that notice of
the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law,
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the agency may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the division may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law and provide a written statement to the agency
attesting that notice has been provided.
187—12.8(ExecOrd11) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case and shall otherwise apply to division proceedings for a
waiver or variance only when the division so provides by rule or order or is
required to do so by statute.
187—12.9(ExecOrd11) Ruling. An order granting
or denying a waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a
reference to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the
order pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the
action is based, and a description of the precise scope and operative period of
the waiver, if one is issued.
12.9(1) Conditions. The division may condition the
grant of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to
achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
12.9(2) Time for ruling. The division shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any
event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the
division shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the
final decision in that contested case is issued.
12.9(3) When deemed denied. Failure of the division
to grant or deny a petition within the time periods shall be deemed a denial of
that petition by the division.
12.9(4) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under these uniform rules shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
187—12.10(ExecOrd11) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
division shall maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers or
variances under these uniform rules. All final rulings in response to requests
for waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public
at the division office.
187—12.11(ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation. A
waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based
are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The division may at any
time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the
division finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material
facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the
waiver or variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the
requester has failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
187—12.12(ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of
the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject
to the same remedies or penalties.
187—12.13(ExecOrd11) Defense. After the
division issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense
within its terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom
the order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to
be invoked.
187—12.14(ExecOrd11) Appeals. Any request for
an appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in
accordance with the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and division
rules. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in
response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or
statute.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
ARC 9658A
COLLEGE STUDENT AID
COMMISSION[283]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 261.3 and
261.37(5), the College Student Aid Commission proposes to rescind Chapter 5,
“Due Process,” and adopt a new Chapter 5, “Uniform Rules for
Waivers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Due process is currently addressed in Chapter 4,
“Contested Cases,” and need not be included in the separate chapter
recommended to be rescinded. The new chapter provides uniform rules governing
petitions for waiver from provisions in Commission rules as required by
Executive Order Number 11. Executive Order Number 11 directs state
rule–making authorities to adopt uniform rules governing waivers from
published rules.
Interested persons may submit comments orally or in writing to
the Executive Director, College Student Aid Commission, 200 Tenth Street, Fourth
Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50309, telephone (515)281–3501, by 4:30 p.m.
February 29, 2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 283—Chapter 5 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 5
UNIFORM RULES FOR WAIVERS
283—5.1(261,ExecOrd11) Waiver process. This
chapter outlines a uniform process for granting waivers from rules adopted by
the commission.
5.1(1) Commission authority. A waiver from rules
adopted by the commission may be granted in accordance with this chapter
if:
a. The commission has exclusive rule–making authority to
promulgate the rule from which a waiver is requested or has final
decision–making authority over a contested case in which a waiver is
requested; and
b. No statute or rule otherwise controls the granting of a
waiver from the rule for which a waiver is requested.
5.1(2) Interpretive rules. These uniform waiver rules
shall not apply to rules defining a statute or other provisions of law or
precedent if the commission does not have delegated authority to bind the courts
with its definition.
5.1(3) Compliance with statute. No waiver shall be
granted from a requirement that is imposed by statute. Any waiver must be
consistent with statute.
283—5.2(261,ExecOrd11) Criteria for waiver. The
commission may issue an order, in response to a completed petition or on its own
motion, granting a waiver from a rule adopted by the commission, in whole or in
part, as applied to the circumstances of a specified person if the commission
finds that:
5.2(1) Application of the rule to the person at issue
would result in hardship or injustice to that person; and
5.2(2) A waiver of the rule on the basis of the
particular circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent
with the public interest; and
5.2(3) A waiver of the rule in the specific case would
not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person.
283—5.3(261,ExecOrd11) Commission discretion.
The decision as to whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver
shall be made at the sole discretion of the commission’s executive
director, upon consideration of all relevant facts.
283—5.4(261,ExecOrd11) Mandatory waivers. In
response to the timely filing of a completed petition requesting a waiver, the
commission shall grant a waiver from a rule, in whole or in part, as applied to
the particular circumstances of a specified person, if the commission finds that
the application of all or a portion of the circumstances of that specified
person would not, to any extent, advance or serve any of the purposes of the
rule.
283—5.5(261,ExecOrd11) Burden of persuasion.
The petitioner shall assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed
for a waiver from a commission rule.
283—5.6(261,ExecOrd11) Special waiver rule not
precluded. This uniform waiver rule shall not preclude the commission from
granting waivers in other contexts or on the basis of other standards if a
statute or other commission rule authorizes the commission to do so and the
commission deems it appropriate to do so.
283—5.7(261,ExecOrd11) Administrative deadlines.
When the rule from which a waiver is sought establishes administrative
deadlines, deadlines in bidding documents, deadlines in applications or
otherwise, the commission shall balance the special individual circumstances of
the petitioner with the overall goal of uniform treatment of all persons
participating in a particular program offered by the commission.
283—5.8(261,ExecOrd11) Filing of petition. A
petition for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the commission’s
executive director at 200 Tenth Street, Fourth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa
50309.
283—5.9(261,ExecOrd11) Contents of petition. A
petition for waiver shall include the following information where applicable and
known to the petitioner:
5.9(1) The name, address, telephone number, and social
security number of the person or entity for whom a waiver is being requested and
the case number of any related contested case, whether pending or
closed.
5.9(2) A description and citation of the specific rule
from which a waiver is requested.
5.9(3) The specific waiver requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver will extend.
5.9(4) The relevant facts that the petitioner believes
would justify a waiver. This statement shall include a signed statement from
the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition
and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver.
5.9(5) A history of any prior contacts between the
commission and the petitioner. The historical summary shall include:
a. A list of all of the programs, contracts, allocations, bond
issues, loans, grants, or other activities in which the petitioner has
participated or from which the petitioner has received a benefit and which are
affected by the proposed waiver.
b. A description of each of the affected programs or contracts
of the commission in which the petitioner has participated or from which the
petitioner has benefited, including but not limited to allocations, grants, or
loans held by the petitioner, any notices of noncompliance, other administrative
events, whether federal or state, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the program, allocation, grant, or loan.
5.9(6) Any information known to the petitioner about
the commission’s treatment of similar cases.
5.9(7) The name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity, inside or outside state government, who would be adversely
affected by the granting of a petition.
5.9(8) The name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed
waiver.
5.9(9) Signed releases of information authorizing
persons with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the commission with
information pertaining to the waiver.
283—5.10(261,ExecOrd11) Additional information.
If the petition for waiver is not filed in a contested case and prior to issuing
an order granting or denying a waiver, the executive director may request
additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and
circumstances relating to the request for waiver. The request may be in the
form of written questions or oral interview. The executive director may
interview or direct written questions to other persons in connection with the
waiver requested. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the
commission, or its executive director, may, on its own motion or at the
petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting
between the petitioner and the commission’s executive director, a
committee of the commission’s staff, or a quorum or committee of the
commission’s board to consider the petition for waiver.
283—5.11(261,ExecOrd11) Notice. The commission
shall acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The commission shall ensure that
notice of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents
have been provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of
law within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the commission
may give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the
commission may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom
notice is required and provide a written statement that notice has been
provided.
283—5.12(261,ExecOrd11) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A apply to commission
proceedings for a waiver of a rule only when the commission so provides by rule
or order or is required by statute to do so.
283—5.13(261,ExecOrd11) Ruling. An order
granting or denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference
to that particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order
pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is
based, and a description of the precise scope and operative period of the waiver
if one is issued.
283—5.14(261,ExecOrd11) Conditions. The
commission may condition the granting of a waiver on such reasonable conditions
as appropriate to achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question
through alternative means.
283—5.15(261,ExecOrd11) Timing for ruling. The
commission shall grant or deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable
but, in any event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the
petitioner agrees to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a
contested case proceeding, the commission shall grant or deny the petition no
later than the time at which the final decision in the contested case is
issued.
283—5.16(261,ExecOrd11) When deemed denied.
Failure of the commission to grant or deny a petition within the required time
period shall be deemed a denial of that petition by the commission.
283—5.17(261,ExecOrd11) Service of order.
Within seven days of its issuance, any order issued under these uniform rules
shall be transmitted to the petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains
and to any other person entitled to such notice by any provision of
law.
283—5.18(261,ExecOrd11) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
commission shall maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers
under these uniform rules. All records pertaining to waivers shall be indexed
and available to members of the public at the commission’s
office.
283—5.19(261,ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation.
A waiver is void if the material facts upon which the request is based are not
true or if material facts have been withheld. The commission may, at any time,
cancel a waiver upon appropriate notice and hearing if the commission finds that
the facts as stated in the petition are not true, material facts have been
withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver have failed
to achieve the objectives of the statute or rule, or the petitioner has failed
to comply with the conditions of the order.
283—5.20(261,ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation
of conditions in the waiver approval is the equivalent of violation of the
particular rule for which the waiver is granted and is subject to the same
remedies or penalties.
283—5.21(261,ExecOrd11) Defense. After the
commission issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its
terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order
pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked. The order is not assignable, and it shall not inure to the benefit of
the heirs or successors in interest of the person first obtaining the
waiver.
283—5.22(261,ExecOrd11) Appeals. Any request
for an appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver shall be in
accordance with the procedures in Iowa Code chapter 17A and the
commission’s rules.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A
and Executive Order Number 11.
ARC 9653A
CREDIT UNION
DIVISION[189]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 533.55(3) and
Executive Order Number 11, the Credit Union Division of the Commerce Department
hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 26, “Uniform
Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules describe the procedures for applying for, issuing,
or denying waivers and variances from Division rules. The purpose of these
rules is to comply with Executive Order Number 11 which requires state agencies
to adopt uniform waiver rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed rules will be accepted
until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments to the Superintendent of Credit Unions, Credit Union
Division, Department of Commerce, 200 East Grand Avenue, Suite 370, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309–1827; telephone (515)281–6514.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 26
UNIFORM WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
189—26.1(ExecOrd11) Applicability. This chapter
outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from rules
adopted by the credit union division.
26.1(1) Credit union division authority. A waiver or
variance from rules adopted by the credit union division may be granted in
accordance with this chapter if (1) the division has exclusive rule–making
authority to promulgate the rule from which waiver or variance is requested or
has final decision–making authority over a contested case in which a
waiver or variance is requested; and (2) no statute or rule otherwise controls
the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from which waiver or variance is
requested.
26.1(2) Interpretive rules. This chapter shall not
apply to rules that merely define the meaning of a statute or other provisions
of law or precedent if the division does not possess delegated authority to bind
the courts to any extent with its definition.
189—26.2(ExecOrd11) Compliance with statute. No
waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement which is imposed by
statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
189—26.3(ExecOrd11) Criteria for waiver or
variance. The division may issue an order, in response to a completed
petition or on its own motion, granting a waiver or variance from a rule adopted
by the division, in whole or in part, as applied to the circumstances of a
specified person if the division finds that:
1. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
2. Waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
3. Waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person.
In determining whether waiver or variance would be consistent
with the public interest under “2,” the division shall consider
whether, if the waiver or variance is granted, the public health and safety will
be protected by other means that are substantially equivalent to full compliance
with the rule.
26.3(1) Division discretion. The decision on whether
the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or variance shall be made at
the discretion of the division, upon consideration of all relevant
factors.
26.3(2) Mandatory waivers or variances. In response
to the timely filing of a completed petition requesting a waiver or variance,
the division shall grant a waiver or variance from a rule, in whole or in part,
as applied to the particular circumstances of a specified person, if the
division finds that the application of all or a portion thereof to the
circumstances of that specified person would not, to any extent, advance or
serve any of the purposes of the rule.
26.3(3) Burden of persuasion. The petitioner shall
assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a waiver or
variance from a division rule.
26.3(4) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. This chapter shall not preclude the division from granting waivers
or variances in other contexts or on the basis of other standards if a statute
or other division rules authorizes the division to do so and the division deems
is appropriate to do so.
26.3(5) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver or variance is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the
division shall balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner
with the overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
189—26.4(ExecOrd11) Filing of petition. A
petition for a waiver or variance must be submitted in writing to the division
as follows:
26.4(1) License application. If the petition relates
to a license application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the
filing requirements for the license in question.
26.4(2) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
26.4(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
license application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted
to the division’s administrator.
189—26.5(ExecOrd11) Content of petition. A
petition for waiver or variance shall include the following information where
applicable and known to the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver or variance is being requested and the case number of
any related contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance. This statement shall include a signed statement
from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the
petition and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver or variance.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the division and
the petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the
proposed waiver or variance, including a description of each affected license
held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the
last five years.
6. Any information known to the requester regarding the
division’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or
which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the division with information
relevant to the waiver or variance.
189—26.6(ExecOrd11) Additional information.
Prior to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the division
may request additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition
and surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested
case, the division may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
superintendent of credit unions or the division’s administrator.
189—26.7(ExecOrd11) Notice. The division shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The division shall ensure that notice of
the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law,
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the agency may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the division may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law and provide a written statement to the agency
attesting that notice has been provided.
189—26.8(ExecOrd11) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver or variance of a rule filed
within a contested case and shall otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a
waiver or variance only when the division so provides by rule or order or is
required to do so by statute.
189—26.9(ExecOrd11) Ruling. An order granting
or denying a waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a
reference to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the
order pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the
action is based, and a description of the precise scope and operative period of
the waiver, if one is issued.
26.9(1) Conditions. The division may condition the
grant of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to
achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
26.9(2) Time for ruling. The division shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any
event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the
division shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the
final decision in that contested case is issued.
26.9(3) When deemed denied. Failure of the division
to grant or deny a petition within the time periods shall be deemed a denial of
that petition by the division.
26.9(4) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
189—26.10(ExecOrd11) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
division shall maintain a record of all orders granting or denying waivers and
variances under this chapter. All final rulings in response to requests for
waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at
the division office.
189—26.11(ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation. A
waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based
are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The division may at any
time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the
division finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material
facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the
waiver or variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the
requester has failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
189—26.12(ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of
the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject
to the same remedies or penalties.
189—26.13(ExecOrd11) Defense. After the
division issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense
within its terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom
the order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to
be invoked.
189—26.14(ExecOrd11) Appeals. Any request for
an appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in
accordance with the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and division
rules. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in
response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or
statute.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
ARC 9684A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 25, “Housing Fund,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment would permit IDED to reserve up to a
maximum of 60 percent of the state’s annual HOME allocation for rental
housing activities jointly funded with HOME and low–income housing tax
credits (a program administered by the Iowa Finance Authority (IFA)). The
amendment also reserves to IDED the right to require a 15 percent ratio of CHDO
(community housing development organization) projects within the
low–income housing tax credit projects funded.
The processes that will be followed by IDED and IFA for
reviewing and awarding of jointly funded projects will be established in
cooperation with IFA. IDED’s administrative rules will then be amended to
incorporate the procedures for jointly funded projects.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Roselyn McKie Wazny, Division of
Community and Rural Development, Department of Economic Development, 200 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242–4822.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed new
chapter will be held on February 29, 2000, at 1:30 p.m. at the above address in
the IDED main conference room. Individuals interested in providing comments at
the hearing should contact Roselyn McKie Wazny by 4 p.m. on February 28, 2000,
to be placed on the agenda.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(1)“a.”
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend 261—25.8(15) by adopting the following
new subrule:
25.8(3) Up to a maximum of 60 percent of the
state’s annual HOME allocation may be reserved for rental housing
activities jointly funded with HOME and low–income housing tax credits.
IDED reserves the right to require a 15 percent ratio of CHDO projects within
the low–income housing tax credit projects funded.
ARC 9674A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 6, “Uniform Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules are necessary to comply with the Governor’s
Executive Order Number 11.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendments at
11 a.m., March 16, 2000, in Conference Room 2, South, Second Floor, Grimes State
Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may
present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing. Persons
who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the
Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515)281–5849 prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed rules before 4:30 p.m. on March 17, 2000. Written comments and
suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director, Board
of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A
and 272.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 6
UNIFORM WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
282—6.1(17A,272) Applicability. This chapter
outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from rules
adopted by the board.
6.1(1) Board authority. A waiver or variance from
rules adopted by the board may be granted in accordance with this chapter if:
(1) the board has exclusive rule–making authority to promulgate the rule
from which waiver or variance is requested or has final decision–making
authority over a contested case in which a waiver or variance is requested; and
(2) no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver or variance from
the rule from which waiver or variance is requested.
6.1(2) Interpretive rules. These uniform waiver and
variance rules shall not apply to rules that merely define the meaning of a
statute or other provisions of law or precedent if the board does not possess
delegated authority to bind the courts to any extent with its
definition.
282—6.2(17A,272) Compliance with statute. No
waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement which is imposed by
statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
282—6.3(17A,272) Criteria for waiver or
variance. The board may issue an order, in response to a completed petition
or on its own motion, granting a waiver or variance from a rule adopted by the
board, in whole or in part, as applied to the circumstances of a specified
person if the board finds that:
1. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
2. Waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
3. Waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person.
In determining whether waiver or variance would be consistent
with the public interest under “2,” the board shall consider
whether, if the waiver or variance is granted, the public health and safety will
be protected by other means that are substantially equivalent to full compliance
with the rule.
6.3(1) Board discretion. The decision on whether the
circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or variance shall be made at the
discretion of the board, upon consideration of all relevant factors.
a. The executive director shall review and make a
recommendation to the board regarding a petition which relates to an application
for a license, endorsement, or authorization, or relates to any other matter
except a contested case. The board shall issue a ruling on each waiver request,
in accordance with rule 6.9(17A,272), and may adopt the executive
director’s recommendation as its ruling.
b. The presiding officer in a contested case shall respond to
a petition for waiver relating to a pending contested case proceeding in the
proposed or final decision of the agency. The board may affirm, reverse, or
modify the response upon review of the proposed decision or rehearing of a final
decision.
6.3(2) Mandatory waivers or variances. In response to
the timely filing of a completed petition requesting a waiver or variance, the
board shall grant a waiver or variance from a rule, in whole or in part, as
applied to the particular circumstances of a specified person, if the board
finds that the application of all or a portion thereof to the circumstances of
that specified person would not, to any extent, advance or serve any of the
purposes of the rule.
6.3(3) Burden of persuasion. The petitioner shall
assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a waiver or
variance from a board rule.
6.3(4) Special waiver or variance rules not precluded.
These uniform waiver and variance rules shall not preclude the board from
granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the basis of other
standards if a statute or other board rule authorizes the board to do so, and
the board deems it appropriate to do so.
6.3(5) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver or variance is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the
board shall balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with
the overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
282—6.4(17A,272) Filing of petition. A petition
for a waiver or variance must be submitted in writing to the board, as
follows:
6.4(1) License application. If the petition relates
to a license application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the
filing requirements for the license in question.
6.4(2) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
6.4(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
license application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted
to the board’s executive director.
282—6.5(17A,272) Content of petition. A
petition for waiver or variance shall include the following information where
applicable and known to the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver or variance is being requested, and the case number of
any related contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance. This statement shall include a signed statement
from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the
petition, and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver or variance.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the
proposed waiver or variance, including a description of each affected license
held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the
last five years.
6. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver or variance.
282—6.6(17A,272) Additional information. Prior
to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the executive
director or board may request additional information from the petitioner
relative to the petition and surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not
filed in a contested case, the board may, on its own motion or at the
petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting
between the petitioner and the board’s executive director, a committee of
the board, or a quorum of the board.
282—6.7(17A,272) Notice. The board’s
executive director shall acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The executive
director shall ensure that notice of the pendency of the petition and a concise
summary of its contents have been provided to all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law, within 30 days of the receipt of the petition.
In addition, the agency may give notice to other persons. To accomplish this
notice provision, the executive director may require the petitioner to serve the
notice on all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law, and
provide a written statement to the agency attesting that notice has been
provided.
282—6.8(17A,272) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case, and shall otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a
waiver or variance only when the board so provides by rule or order or is
required to do so by statute.
282—6.9(17A,272) Ruling. An order granting or
denying a waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a reference
to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order
pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is
based, and a description of the precise scope and operative period of the waiver
if one is issued.
6.9(1) Conditions. The board may condition the grant
of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to
achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
6.9(2) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or deny
a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any event,
shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a
later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board
shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final
decision in that contested case is issued.
6.9(3) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board.
6.9(4) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under these uniform rules shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
282—6.10(17A,272) Public availability. Subject
to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the board shall
maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers and variances under
these uniform rules. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers or
variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at the board
office.
282—6.11(17A,272) Voiding or cancellation. A
waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based
are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The board may at any time
cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the board
finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have
been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or
variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester
has failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
282—6.12(17A,272) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of
the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject
to the same remedies or penalties.
282—6.13(17A,272) Defense. After the board
issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense within its
terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order
pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
282—6.14(17A,272) Appeals. Any request for an
appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in
accordance with the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and board
rules. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in
response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or
statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A
and 272.
ARC 9672A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment would require both a state and a
federal background check for all initial applicants. These proposed subrules
require applicants to submit a completed set of fingerprints to accompany the
application to facilitate a national criminal history background check. The fee
for the state background check from the Iowa Department of Criminal
Investigation (approximately $10 to $13) will be assessed to the applicant. The
fee for the evaluation of the national criminal investigation (approximately
$24) will be assessed to the applicant. Fees for conducting background checks
would be in addition to any licensure fee.
If approved, this amendment would become effective February 1,
2001.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment at 3
p.m., March 14, 2000, in Conference Room 3 North, Third Floor, Grimes State
Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may
present their views at the public hearing orally or in writing. Persons who
wish to make oral presentation at the public hearing may contact the Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East
14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515)
281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment through 4:30 p.m., March 15, 2000. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend 282—14.1(272) by adopting the following
new subrules:
14.1(1) Effective February 1, 2001, an initial
applicant will be required to submit a completed fingerprint packet that
accompanies the application to facilitate a national criminal history background
check. The fee for the evaluation of the fingerprint packet will be assessed to
the applicant.
14.1(2) Effective February 1, 2001, an Iowa department
of criminal investigation background check will be conducted on initial
applicants. The fee for the evaluation of the DCI background check will be
assessed to the applicant.
ARC 9666A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments will allow a person with a
baccalaureate degree who meets any 30–hour teaching major listed in the
Board’s rules, to apply to an approved alternative preparation program for
licensure. The amendments also allow persons from other states who have been
prepared through an alternative preparation program and have completed three
years of teaching to be issued an alternative preparation license in
Iowa.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendments at 1
p.m. on March 14, 2000, in Conference Room 3 North, Third Floor, Grimes State
Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may
present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing. Persons
who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the
Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515)281–5849 prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments before 4:30 p.m. on March 15, 2000. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 282—14.10(272)
as follows:
282—14.10(272) Licenses. These
The following licenses will be issued effective October 1,
1988 are issued by the board.
Provisional
Educational
Professional Teacher
Professional Administrator
Conditional
Substitute
Area Education Agency Administrator
Alternative Preparation
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new rule:
282—14.33(272) Requirements for an alternative
preparation license.
14.33(1) Following are the requirements for the
issuance of a teaching license based on an alternative preparation program for
persons prepared in Iowa.
a. Baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited
institution with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or better. This
degree must have been conferred at least three years prior to application to an
alternative preparation program.
b. Completion of an alternative preparation program approved
by the state board of education.
c. Completion of an approved human relations
component.
d. Completion of the exceptional learner program, which must
include preparation that contributes to the education of individuals with
disabilities and the gifted and talented.
e. Professional education core. Completed coursework or
evidence of competency in:
(1) Student learning. The practitioner understands how
students learn and develop and provides learning opportunities that support
intellectual, career, social, and personal development.
(2) Diverse learners. The practitioner understands how
students differ in their approaches to learning and creates instructional
opportunities that are equitable and are adaptable to diverse
learners.
(3) Instructional planning. The practitioner plans
instruction based upon knowledge of subject matter, students, the community,
curriculum goals, and state curriculum models.
(4) Instructional strategies. The practitioner understands
and uses a variety of instructional strategies to encourage students’
development of critical thinking, problem solving, and performance
skills.
(5) Learning environment/classroom management. The
practitioner uses an understanding of individual and group motivation and
behavior to create a learning environment that encourages positive social
interaction, active engagement in learning, and self–motivation.
(6) Communication. The practitioner uses knowledge of
effective verbal, nonverbal, and media communication techniques, and other forms
of symbolic representation, to foster active inquiry, collaboration, and support
interaction in the classroom.
(7) Assessment. The practitioner understands and uses formal
and informal assessment strategies to evaluate the continuous intellectual,
social, and physical development of the learner.
(8) Foundations, reflection, and professional development.
The practitioner continually evaluates the effects of the practitioner’s
choices and actions on students, parents, and other professionals in the
learning community and actively seeks out opportunities to grow
professionally.
(9) Collaboration, ethics, and relationships. The
practitioner fosters relationships with parents, school colleagues, and
organizations in the larger community to support students’ learning and
development.
f. Computer technology related to instruction.
g. Completion of pre–student teaching field–based
experiences.
h. Methods of teaching with an emphasis on the subject and
grade level endorsement desired.
i. Content/subject matter specialization. The practitioner
understands the central concepts, tools of inquiry, and structure of the
discipline(s) the practitioner teaches and creates learning experiences that
make these aspects of subject matter meaningful for students.
This is evidenced by completion of a
30–semester–hour teaching major which must minimally include the
requirements for at least one of the basic endorsement areas or special
education teaching endorsements listed in 282— 14.20(272) or
282—15.2(272).
j. A minimum of 12 weeks of student teaching in the subject
area and at the grade level in which the endorsement is desired.
14.33(2) Following are the basic requirements for the
issuance of a teaching license based on an alternative preparation program with
an endorsement for persons prepared in states other than Iowa.
a. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited
institution.
b. Provide a valid out–of–state teaching license
based on a state–approved alternative preparation program.
c. Provide a recommendation from a regionally accredited
institution, Department of Education, or a state’s standards board
indicating the completion of an approved alternative teacher preparation
program.
d. Provide official institutional transcript(s) to be analyzed
for any deficiencies that are needed for full Iowa licensure based on
14.33(1)“c” to “i” above.
e. Verify three years of teaching experience which will waive
the student teaching requirement.
The alternative preparation license is valid for two years and
may be renewed under certain prescribed conditions listed in 282—17.8(272)
for a provisional license.
ARC 9670A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment expands the options for an individual who wishes
to substitute teach on the same basis as the holder of a substitute license
while the regular license is in effect, to include the two–year exchange
license.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment at 9
a.m. on March 16, 2000, in Conference Room 2 South, Second Floor, Grimes State
Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may
present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing. Persons
who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the
Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515) 281–5849 prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments before 4:30 p.m. on March 17, 2000. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 14.17(3) as follows:
14.17(3) The holder of a substitute license is
authorized to teach in any school system in any position in which a regularly
licensed teacher was employed to begin the school year.
In addition to the authority inherent in the provisional,
educational, professional teacher, two–year exchange, and
permanent professional licenses and the endorsement(s) held, the holder of one
of these regular licenses may substitute on the same basis as the holder of a
substitute license while the regular license is in effect.
ARC 9673A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 16, “Occupational and Postsecondary Endorsements and
Licenses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments allow a maximum of six staff development units
to be earned for licensure renewal rather than only five. These proposed
amendments were inadvertently omitted and should have accompanied the parallel
rules for PK–12 in Chapter 17.
There will be a public hearing on the amendments at10 a.m.,
March 16, 2000, in Conference Room 2 South, Second Floor, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present
their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing. Persons who wish
to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East
14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515)
281–5849 prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments before 4:30 p.m. on March 17, 2000. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 16.3(3) as
follows:
16.3(3) Renewal units may be earned upon the
completion of staff development programs approved through guidelines established
by the board of educational examiners or approved technical update program
approved by the board of educational examiners. A maximum of five units
may be earned from this subrule.
ITEM 2. Amend
16.5(1)“b”(3) as follows:
(3) Renewal units may be earned upon the completion of staff
development programs approved through guidelines established by the board of
educational examiners or approved technical update program approved by the board
of educational examiners. A maximum of five units may be earned from
this subparagraph.
ARC 9641A
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Executive Order Number 11, the
State Board of Education hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter
4, “Uniform Waiver Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter describes the procedures for applying for,
issuing or denying waivers from Department rules. The purpose of this chapter
is to comply with Executive Order Number 11, which requires all state agencies
to adopt uniform waiver rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000.
A public hearing will be held on February 29, 2000, at1 p.m.
in the State Board Room, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa.
Interested persons may submit written or oral comments by contacting Ann
McCarthy, Office of the Director, Department of Education, Grimes State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0146; telephone (515) 281–5296;
E–mail ann.mccarthy@ed.state.ia.us.
This chapter is intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 4
UNIFORM WAIVER RULES
281—4.1(ExecOrd11) Applicability. This chapter
outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers from rules implemented by
the department of education. The intent of this chapter is to allow persons to
seek exceptions to the application of rules to the extent allowed by this
chapter and state and federal law.
4.1(1) Definitions.
“Board” means the state board of
education.
“Department” means the department of
education.
“Director” means the director of the department of
education.
“Person” means individual, school corporation,
government or governmental subdivision or agency, nonpublic school, partnership
or association, or any legal entity.
4.1(2) Authority.
a. A waiver from rules adopted by the board may be granted in
accordance with this chapter if (1) the board has exclusive rule–making
authority to promulgate the rule from which waiver is requested or has final
decision–making authority over a contested case in which a waiver is
requested; and (2) no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver
from the rule from which waiver is requested.
b. No waiver may be granted from a requirement that is imposed
by statute. Any waiver must be consistent with statute.
281—4.2(ExecOrd11) Director discretion. The
decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be
made at the discretion of the director upon consideration of all relevant
factors. The director may bring a request for a waiver to the board for
discussion prior to issuing a decision on the waiver. The director shall notify
the board of any waiver granted or denied.
4.2(1) The director may, in response to a completed
petition or on its own motion, grant a waiver from a rule, in whole or in part,
as applied to the circumstances of a specified situation if the director finds
each of the following:
a. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
b. Waiver on the basis of the particular circumstances
relative to that specified person would be consistent with the public interest;
and
c. Waiver in the specific case would not prejudice the
substantial legal rights of any person; and
d. Waiver in the specific case would not have a negative
impact on the student achievement of any person affected by the
waiver.
In determining whether a waiver should be granted, the
director shall consider whether the underlying public interest policies and
legislative intent of the rules are substantially equivalent to full compliance
with the rule. When the rule from which a waiver is sought establishes
administrative deadlines, the director shall balance the special individual
circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of uniform treatment of
all constituents.
4.2(2) Special waiver rules not precluded. This
uniform waiver rule shall not preclude the director from granting waivers in
other contexts or on the basis of other standards if a statute or other
department rule authorizes the director to do so, and the director deems it
appropriate to do so.
281—4.3(ExecOrd11) Requester’s
responsibilities in filing a waiver petition.
4.3(1) Application. All petitions for waiver must be
submitted in writing to the Director, Department of Education, Grimes State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0146. If the petition relates to
a pending contested case, a copy of the petition shall also be filed in the
contested case proceeding.
4.3(2) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
shall include the following information where applicable and known to the
requester (for an example of a petition for waiver, see Exhibit A at the end of
this chapter):
a. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
b. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and operative period that the waiver will extend.
c. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver.
d. The petition shall include a signed statement from the
petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and
a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the department and
the petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, or grant affected by
the proposed waiver, including a description of each affected item held by the
requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the regulated activity, license, or grant within the last
five years.
f. A detailed statement of the impact on student achievement
for any person affected by the grant of a waiver.
g. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s or department’s treatment of similar cases.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or
which might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
j. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
k. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
281—4.4(ExecOrd11) Burden of persuasion. The
petitioner shall assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a
waiver from a rule.
281—4.5(ExecOrd11) Notice. The department shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The department shall ensure that notice of
the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law,
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the department may
give notice to other persons.
To accomplish this notice provision, the department may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law and provide a written statement to the
department attesting that notice has been provided.
281—4.6(ExecOrd11) Department responsibilities
regarding petition for waiver.
4.6(1) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver, the department may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the director
may, on the director’s own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
director or the director’s designee.
4.6(2) Hearing procedures. The provisions of
Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall
apply in three situations: (1) to any petition for a waiver filed within a
contested case; (2) when the director so provides by rule or order; or (3) when
a statute so requires.
4.6(3) Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver
shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person and
rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a statement of the relevant
facts and the reasons upon which the action is based, and a description of the
precise scope and operative period of the waiver if one is issued.
4.6(4) Conditions. The director may condition the
grant of the waiver on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the
objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
4.6(5) Time for ruling. The director shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do
so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the director shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
4.6(6) When deemed denied. Failure of the director to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the director.
4.6(7) Service of order. Within seven days of
its issuance, any order issued under this uniform rule shall be transmitted to
the petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
281—4.7(ExecOrd11) Public availability. Subject
to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the department
shall maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers under this
uniform rule. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers shall be
indexed and available to the members of the public at the Department of
Education, Office of Director, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0146.
281—4.8(ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation. A
waiver is void if the material facts upon which the request is based are not
true or if material facts have been withheld. The director may at any time
cancel a waiver upon appropriate notice if the director finds that the facts as
stated in the request are not true, material facts have been withheld, the
alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver have failed to achieve
the objectives of the statute, or the requester has failed to comply with the
conditions of the order.
281—4.9(ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver approval is the equivalent of violation of the
particular rule for which the waiver is granted and is subject to the same
remedies or penalties.
281—4.10(ExecOrd11) Defense. After the director
issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and
the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains
in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
281—4.11(ExecOrd11,17A) Appeals. Granting or
denying a request for waiver is final agency action under Iowa Code chapter 17A.
An appeal to district court shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the
ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or
statute.
281—4.12(ExecOrd11) Exception. This rule does
not apply to 281—Chapters 36 and 37, or to specific waiver provisions
adopted in other chapters.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
Exhibit A
Sample Petition (Request) for Waiver
BEFORE THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
|
Petition by (insert name of petitioner) for the waiver of
(insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter)
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER
|
Requests for waiver from a department rule shall include the
following information in the petition for waiver where applicable and
known:
a. Provide the petitioner’s (person asking for a waiver)
name, address, and telephone number.
b. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver is
requested.
c. Describe the specific waiver requested; include the exact
scope and time period that the waiver will extend.
d. Explain the important facts that the petitioner believes
justify a waiver. Include in your answer why (1) applying the rule will result
in hardship or injustice to the petitioner; (2) granting a waiver or variance to
the petitioner is consistent with the public interest; and (3) granting the
waiver or variance will not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person.
e. Provide history of prior contacts between the department
and petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, or grant that would
be affected by the waiver; include a description of each affected license or
grant held by the petitioner, any notices of violation, contested case hearings,
or investigative reports relating to the regulated activity, license, or grant
within the last five years.
f. Provide a detailed statement of the impact on student
achievement for any person affected by the grant of a waiver.
g. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
department’s treatment of similar cases.
h. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question, or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
i. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected or disadvantaged by the grant
of the waiver.
j. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant or important facts relating to the
requested waiver.
k. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
_________________________ ____________________
Petitioner’s signature Date
Petitioner should note the following when requesting or
petitioning for a waiver:
1. The petitioner has the burden of proving the following to
the director: (a) application of the rule to the petitioner would result in
hardship or injustice to the petitioner; (b) waiver on the basis of the
particular circumstances relative to the petitioner would be consistent with the
public interest; (c) waiver in the specific case would not prejudice the
substantial legal rights of any person; and (d) waiver in the specific case
would not have a negative impact on the student achievement of any person
affected by the waiver.
2. The director or the director’s designee may request
additional information from or request an informal meeting with the petitioner
prior to granting or denying a request for waiver.
3. All petitions for waiver must be submitted in writing to
the Director, Department of Education, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319–0146. If the petition relates to a pending contested case, a
copy of the petition shall also be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
ARC 9676A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
455A.6, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt new Chapter 13, “Waivers or Variances from Administrative
Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose is to adopt the uniform waiver rule as directed by
Governor Vilsack in Executive Order Number 11, issued on September 14,
1999.
The proposed action is to adopt by reference the rule making
effecting 561—Chapter 10. Notice of Intended Action in that rule making
was published as ARC 9627A in the January 26, 2000, Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.
Any interested persons may make written suggestionsor comments
on the proposed rules on or before February 29, 2000. Written comments should
be directed to AnnePreziosi, Department of Natural Resources, Air Quality
Bureau, 7900 Hickman, Urbandale, Iowa 50322; telephone (515)281–6243; fax
(515)242–5094. Requests for a public hearing regarding this rule making
must be submitted in writing to the above address by that date.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 13
WAIVERS OR VARIANCES
FROM ADMINISTRATIVE
RULES
567—13.1(17A) Adoption by reference. The
commission adopts by reference 561—Chapter 10, Iowa Administrative Code,
provided that the word “commission” is substituted for
“department” throughout.
567—13.2(17A) Report to commission. The
director shall submit a report of decisions on requests for waivers or variances
to the commission at its regular meetings.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
ARC 9665A
GENERAL SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[401]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Executive Order Number 11, the
Department of General Services hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 20, “Uniform Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The rules in Chapter 20 describe the procedures for applying
for, issuing or denying waivers or variances from Department rules. The purpose
of this new chapter is to comply with Executive Order Number 11 which requires
state agencies to adopt a general waiver of rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed rules will be accepted
until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit written or
oral comments by contacting Julie Economaki, Director’s Office, Department
of General Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0104; telephone (515)242–6118; fax (515)242–5974;
E–mail jeconom@max.state.ia.us.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 20
UNIFORM WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
401—20.1(ExecOrd11) Applicability. This chapter
outlines a uniform process for granting waivers or variances from rules adopted
by the department. The intent of this chapter is to allow persons to seek
exceptions to the application of rules issued by the department.
20.1(1) Definitions.
“Department” or “DGS” means the
department of general services authorized by Iowa Code chapter 18.
“Director” means the director of the department of
general services or the director’s designee.
“Person” means individual, corporation, limited
liability company, government or governmental subdivision or agency, business
trust, estate, trust, partnership or association, vendor, or any legal
entity.
20.1(2) Authority.
a. A waiver or variance from rules adopted by the department
may be granted in accordance with this chapter if (1) the department has
exclusive rule–making authority to promulgate the rule from which waiver
or variance is requested or has final decision–making authority over a
contested case in which a waiver or variance is requested; and (2) no statute or
rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from
which waiver or variance is requested.
b. No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement
which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with
statute.
401—20.2(ExecOrd11) Director discretion. The
decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or
variance shall be made at the discretion of the director, upon consideration of
all relevant factors.
20.2(1) Criteria for waiver or variance. The director
may, in response to a completed petition or on the director’s own motion,
grant a waiver or variance from a rule, in whole or in part, as applied to the
circumstances of a specified situation if the director finds each of the
following:
a. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
b. A waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
c. A waiver or variance in the specific case would not
prejudice the substantial legal rights of any other person; and
d. A waiver or variance in a procurement, sale or auction
meets the criteria established in subrule 20.2(2).
In determining whether a waiver or variance should be granted,
the director shall consider the public interest, policies and legislative intent
of the statute on which the rule is based. When the rule from which a waiver or
variance is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the director shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all affected persons.
20.2(2) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. These uniform waiver and variance rules shall not preclude the
director from granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the basis of
other standards if a statute or other department rule authorizes the director to
do so and the director deems it appropriate to do so. The director may waive a
rule or grant a variance due to noncompliance with a stated requirement in a
procurement, sale or auction if the request meets all of the following
criteria:
a. The waiver or variance will tend to promote competition
rather than inhibit or reduce competition.
b. The waiver or variance will not materially alter the
substantive contents of the offer, invitation to bid or a response to a request
for proposal.
c. The noncompliance with the stated requirement is
correctable (if correction is necessary) without materially or substantially
altering the substantive contents of the offer, invitation to bid or a response
to a request for proposal.
d. No other person who submits an offer, invitation to bid or
response to a request for proposal is materially or substantially harmed by the
waiver or variance. A person shall not be deemed to have been harmed if the
waiver or variance merely increases competition.
e. Fundamental notions of good faith and fair dealing favor
the issuance of a waiver or variance.
f. The waiver or variance will not result in unreasonable
delay in the procurement, sale or auction and will not interfere with certainty
or finality in the procurement, sale or auction.
20.2(3) Special waiver or variance not permitted. The
compensation rates for publication in a newspaper for any notice, order or
citation or other publication required or allowed by law as adopted in rule
401—5.21(618) by the state printing administrator pursuant to Iowa Code
section 618.11 shall not be waived or varied. The procedure established in this
chapter does not apply to waiver or variance of contractual terms or conditions;
contracts shall be waived or varied only upon their own terms. These rules do
not apply to the Terrace Hill commission established in Iowa Code section
18.8A(4) or rules adopted by the commission unless these rules are adopted by
reference by the Terrace Hill commission.
401—20.3(ExecOrd11) Requester’s
responsibilities in filing a waiver or variance petition.
20.3(1) Application. All petitions for waiver or
variance must be submitted in writing to the Department of General Services,
Office of the Director, Hoover State Office Building, A Level, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0104, Attention: Legal Counsel. Requests for waiver may be
delivered, mailed, sent by facsimile transmission or by other electronic means
reasonably calculated to reach the intended recipient. If the petition relates
to a pending appeal, a copy of the petition shall also be filed in the
appeal.
20.3(2) Content of petition. A petition for waiver or
variance shall include the following information where applicable and known to
the requester (for an example of a petition for waiver or variance see Exhibit A
at the end of this chapter):
a. A description and citation of the specific rule (and the
stated requirement in a procurement, auction or sale) from which a waiver or
variance is requested.
b. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
c. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance.
d. This statement shall include a signed statement from the
petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and
a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver or
variance.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the department and
the petitioner relating to the activity which is the subject of the requested
waiver or variance.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding the
department’s treatment of similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition, if reasonably
known to the petitioner.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver or variance.
k. The criteria in subrule 20.2(2) for a waiver or variance in
a procurement, sale or auction.
20.3(3) Burden of persuasion. The petitioner has the
burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a waiver or variance from a
department rule.
401—20.4(ExecOrd11) Notice. The department
shall acknowledge a receipt of a petition by written means reasonably calculated
to reach the petitioner or designee. The department shall ensure that notice
and a concise summary of the content of the petition have been provided to all
persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law, within 30 days of
the receipt of the petition. In addition, the department may give notice to
other persons.
To accomplish this notice provision, the department may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law and provide a written statement to the
department attesting that notice has been provided.
401—20.5(ExecOrd11) Department responsibilities
regarding petition for waiver or variance.
20.5(1) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the department may request
additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and
surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case,
the director may, on the director’s own motion or at the
petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting
between the petitioner and the director.
20.5(2) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply in
three situations: (1) to any petition for a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case; (2) when the director so provides by rule or order; or
(3) when a statute so requires.
20.5(3) Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver
or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular
person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a statement of
the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and a description
of the precise scope and operative period of the waiver if one is
issued.
20.5(4) Conditions. The director may condition the
grant of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to
achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
20.5(5) Time for ruling. The director shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any
event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the
director shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the
final decision in that contested case is issued.
20.5(6) When deemed denied. Failure of the director
to grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the director.
20.5(7) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
401—20.6(ExecOrd11) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
department shall maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers
and variances under this chapter. All final rulings in response to requests for
waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at
the Department of General Services, Office of the Director, Hoover State Office
Building, A Level, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0104.
401—20.7(ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation. A
waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based
are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The director may at any
time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice if the director finds
that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have been
withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or variance
have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester has
failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
401—20.8(ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of
the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject
to the same remedies or penalties.
401—20.9(ExecOrd11) Defense. After the director
issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense within its
terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order
pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
401—20.10(ExecOrd11,17A) Appeals. Granting or
denying a request for waiver or variance is final agency action under Iowa Code
chapter 17A. An appeal to district court shall be taken within 30 days of the
issuance of the ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is
provided by rule or statute.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
Exhibit A
Sample Petition (Request) for Waiver or
Variance
BEFORE THE DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SERVICES
|
Petition by (insert name of petitioner) for the waiver of
(insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter)
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER
|
Requests for waiver or variance from a department rule shall
include the following information in the petition for waiver where applicable
and known:
a. Provide the petitioner’s (person asking for a waiver
or variance) name, address, and telephone number and the name, address, and
telephone number of the petitioner’s designee (if any).
b. Describe and cite the specific rule (and the stated
requirement in a procurement, sale or auction) from which a waiver or variance
is requested. (Please note: The compensation rates for publication in a
newspaper for any notice, order or citation or other publication required or
allowed by law as adopted in rule 401—5.21(618) by the state printing
administrator pursuant to Iowa Code section 618.11 shall not be
waived.)
c. Describe the specific waiver or variance requested and
include the exact scope and time period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
d. Explain the important facts that the petitioner believes
justify a waiver or variance. Include in your statement why: (1) applying the
rule will result in hardship or injustice to the petitioner; and (2) granting a
waiver or variance to the petitioner is consistent with the public interest; and
(3) granting the waiver or variance will not prejudice the substantial legal
rights of any other person.
e. Provide history of prior contacts between the department
and petitioner relating to the activity which is the subject of the requested
waiver or variance.
f. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
department’s treatment of similar cases.
g. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question, or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or
variance.
h. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected or disadvantaged by the grant
of the waiver or variance, if reasonably known to the petitioner.
i. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant or important facts relating to the
requested waiver or variance.
j. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver or variance.
k. If the request for waiver or variance is with respect to a
procurement, sale or auction, also include justification for each of the
following criteria: (1) the waiver or variance will tend to promote competition
rather than inhibit or reduce competition; (2) the waiver or variance will not
materially alter the substantive contents of the offer, invitation to bid or a
response to a request for proposal; (3) the noncompliance with the stated
requirement is correctable (if correction is necessary) without materially or
substantially altering the substantive contents of the offer, invitation to bid
or a response to a request for proposal; (4) no other person who submits an
offer, invitation to bid or response to a request for proposal is materially or
substantially harmed by the waiver or variance (please note: a person shall not
be deemed to have been harmed if the waiver or variance merely increases
competition); (5) fundamental notions of good faith and fair dealing favor the
issuance of a waiver or variance; and (6) the waiver or variance will not result
in unreasonable delay in the procurement, sale or auction and will not interfere
with certainty or finality in the procurement, sale or auction.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
_________________________ __________________
Petitioner’s signature Date
All petitions for waiver or variance must be submitted in
writing to the Department of General Services, Office of the Director, Hoover
State Office Building, A Level, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0104, Attention:
Legal Counsel.
ARC 9643A
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 225C.6, the
Department of Human Services proposes to rescind Chapter 24,
“Accreditation or Certification of Providers of Services to Persons With
Mental Illness, Mental Retardation, and Developmental Disabilities,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code and to adopt Chapter 24,
“Accreditation of Providers of Services to Persons With Mental Illness,
Mental Retardation, and Developmental Disabilities,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules rewrite the policies governing accreditation of
mental health service providers and terminates the three–year pilot
project for certification of services for persons with mental illness, mental
retardation, developmental disabilities, and brain injury.
The three–year pilot was established to test the
implementation of one set of outcome–based standards for persons with
mental illness, mental retardation, developmental disabilities, or brain injury.
The pilot was a joint project with the Department of Inspections and Appeals,
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, and the Department of Human
Services.
The pilot project is very staff intensive. These outcome
standards are implemented by interviewing consumers, direct care staff, and
important persons in the consumer’s life. Currently the Division of
Vocational Rehabilitation does not have any quality assurance specialists on
their staff. They rely on national accrediting bodies to accredit the providers
they fund. The other divisions and departments also do not have adequate staff
to continue to implement these standards at this time. For that reason, the
pilot is being discontinued at this time.
The following changes are made to the policies governing
accreditation:
· The standards have been organized into three sections:
policies and procedures, organizational activities, and services. The standards
for policies and procedures are new. The standards clarify what organizations
need to have in the way of policies and procedures.
The standards which are currently grouped under organizational
activities have been divided into two groups, those that are service and case
specific (client records, social histories, assessments, consumer service plans,
documentation of service provision, and confidentiality and legal status) and
those that are not (organization of service systems, consumer rights,
performance improvement system, leadership, management information system, human
resources, and organizational environment). Those standards that are service
and case specific have been included in the section on services with the
standards for the specific services and will be reviewed with each specific
service. Those standards, which are not service and case specific, are grouped
together in the organizational activities section.
In computing the total overall rating which establishes the
length of accreditation, the performance rating for policy and procedures shall
be counted as 25 percent of the total, organizational activities as 25 percent
of the total, and services as 50 percent of the total. There continues to be
one accreditation award for all the services based upon the lowest score of the
services surveyed. A review of a sample of consumer files is used to determine
whether each specific service meets the established standards.
· Supported community living services are more clearly
defined. Group therapy and support groups provided by community mental health
centers are not considered part of supported community living services. Local
counties and central point of coordination administrators will need to work with
some community mental health centers and other mental health providers to
determine what to call and bill some of the current services being provided
under supported community living.
· A discrete service plan is not required for outpatient
services. Draft copies of these amendments were shared with providers.
Community mental health center representatives had the most concern about the
standards established by the rules for outpatient services. After several
advisory meetings with division staff, a decision was made to not require a
discrete service plan for outpatient services. Information that needs to be
documented can be noted in the intervention notes or narratives. Merit
Behavioral Care, as the primary source of funding for this service, also had
input on these changes and agreed to the revision.
· Policy is clarified that group therapy is not a part of
supported community living. If group therapy is needed, that service can be
developed under outpatient services. Supported community living must be
provided in the community where the consumer lives.
· Policy is clarified regarding the federal requirements
for case management services.
· Several definitions were added and some were amended to
more clearly define the intent of the standards.
· The appeal process for the accreditation decision is
revised to require a review by the division and the commission prior to an
appeal pursuant to 441—Chapter 7.
· A new rule is added governing the granting of
exceptions to the accreditation standards in these rules. Exceptions to policy
shall follow the Department’s general rule on exceptions to policy at rule
441—1.8(217). The Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Commission
shall make a recommendation to the director on whether the exception shall be
approved.
For each of the services accredited under these standards,
input was received by both the Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities
Division and the Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Commission
throughout the rule–making process.
Community mental health centers chose members for an advisory
group that met several times with staff from the Division. Once a draft was
completed, the draft was shared with the Commission and with Merit Behavioral
Care to ensure it was in agreement for payment purposes.
Division staff met quarterly with both Department and county
case management administrators. Ongoing drafts were shared for input and
changes made when necessary. A draft was also shared with Independent Case
Management for input.
The Iowa Association of Community Providers chose to have
input from its providers by sending a draft to all member providers. This
included supported community living and other mental health providers. Any
provider with concerns or questions sent written comments. The Division then
dialogued with the provider staff and came to consensus on language contained in
the standards.
These rules provide for waivers (exceptions to policy) in
specified situations under the Department’s general rule on exceptions to
policy at rule 441—1.8(217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before March 1, 2000.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the
following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these
times.
Cedar Rapids – March 3, 2000 10 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building – Suite 600
Sixth Floor Conference Room
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs – March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
Administrative Conference Room
Council Bluffs Regional Office
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport – March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building – Fifth Floor
Large Conference Room
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines – March 2, 2000 10 a.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 102
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City – March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa – March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 3
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City – March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo – March 1, 2000 10 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the
Office of Policy Analysis at (515) 281–8440 and advise of special
needs.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
225C.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 441—Chapter 24, and adopt the following
new Chapter 24 in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 24
ACCREDITATION OF PROVIDERS OF SERVICES
TO
PERSONS WITH MENTAL ILLNESS,
MENTAL RETARDATION, AND
DEVELOPMENTAL
DISABILITIES
PREAMBLE
The mental health and developmental disabilities commission
has established this set of standards to be met by all mental health and mental
retardation organizations and services that are not licensed by the department
of inspections and appeals and that are required to meet specific standards for
the organizations and services under the authority of the commission.
The mental health and developmental disabilities commission
has established this set of standards to be met by community mental health
centers, mental health services providers, case management providers and
supported community living providers per Iowa Code chapter 225C. The
commission’s intent is to establish standards that are based on the
principles of quality improvement, that are designed to facilitate the provision
of excellent quality services that lead to positive outcomes, that make
organizations providing services responsible for effecting efficient and
effective management and operational systems that enhance the involvement of
consumers and that establish a best practices level of performance by which to
measure provider organizations. The standards are to serve as the foundation of
a performance–based review of those organizations for which the commission
holds accreditation responsibility as set forth in Iowa Code chapters 225C and
230A.
MISSION OF ACCREDITATION
To ensure consumers and the general public of organizational
accountability for meeting best practices performance levels, for efficient and
effective management and for the provision of quality services that result in
quality outcomes for consumers.
441—24.1(225C) Definitions.
“Accreditation” means the decision made by the
commission that the organization has met the applicable standards. There will
be one accreditation award for all the services based upon the lowest score of
the services surveyed.
“Advisory board” means the board that reviews and
makes recommendations to the organization’s board of directors on the
program being accredited. The advisory board meets at least three times a year
and has at least three members, at least 51 percent of whom are not providers.
The advisory board includes representatives who have disabilities or family
members of persons with disabilities. The advisory board’s duties include
review and recommendation of policies, development and review of the
organization plan for the program being accredited, review and recommendation of
the budget for the program being accredited, and review and recommendation of
the total quality improvement program of the program being accredited.
“Anticipated discharge plan” means the general
statement of the condition or circumstances by which the consumer would no
longer need services.
“Appropriate” means the degree to which the
services or supports or activities provided or undertaken by the organization
are relevant to the consumer’s needs, situation, problems, or
desires.
“Assessment” means the review of the
consumer’s current functioning in regard to the consumer’s
situation, needs, strengths, abilities, desires and goals.
“Benchmarks” are defined as best practices or
competencies of excellent quality organizations producing excellent quality
services and outcomes.
“Board of directors” means the board that provides
oversight, guidance, and policy direction for the operation of the program being
accredited. The board shall have at least three members. Organization staff
shall not constitute the majority of members of the board.
“Case management services” means those services
established pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 225C.
“Chronic mental illness” means the same as serious
and persistent mental illness for the purposes of these standards.
“Commission” means the mental health and
developmental disabilities commission (MH/DD commission) as established and
defined in Iowa Code chapter 225C.
“Community” means a natural setting where
consumers live, learn, work, and socialize.
“Community mental health center” means an
organization providing mental health services which is established pursuant to
Iowa Code chapters 225C and 230A.
“Consultation services” means case, program and
community levels of professional assistance and information to increase the
skill level and effectiveness of services being provided by other service
organizations or groups.
“Consumer” means a person who uses the services of
the organization.
“Credentialed staff” or “Staff who have been
credentialed” means staff who have completed the organization credential
verification process.
“Credential verification process” means the
process used by the organization to define the qualifications of education,
training and experience required for each staff position, and the procedures for
verifying that staff in the positions meet those qualifications.
“Crisis intervention plan” means a personalized,
individualized plan developed with the consumer that identifies potential
personal psychiatric, environmental and medical emergencies. This plan shall
also include how the consumer will access emergency services and professional
and natural supports.
“Deemed status” means acceptance by the commission
of accreditation or licensure of a program or service by another accrediting
body in lieu of accreditation based on review and evaluation by the division (as
outlined in accreditation procedures).
“Department” means the Iowa department of human
services.
“Direct services” means services involving direct
interaction with a consumer such as transporting a consumer or providing
therapy, habilitation, or rehabilitation activities.
“Division” means the division of mental health and
developmental disabilities of the department of human services.
“Doctor of medicine or osteopathic medicine” means
a person who is licensed in the state of Iowa to practice medicine as a medical
physician under Iowa Code chapter 148 or as an osteopathic doctor under Iowa
Code chapter 150A.
“Education services” means professional
information, training, assistance, and referral services provided to the general
public, individual persons and to organizations about mental illness and mental
health, the promotion of prevention services, and skill training for
organizations.
“Functional assessment” means the assessment of
the consumer’s level of effectiveness in the activities and decision
making required by daily living situations. The functional assessment also
takes into consideration consumer strengths, stated needs, and level and kind of
disability.
“Human services field” means a post–high
school course of study resulting in a degree from an accredited four–year
college in a field of study which includes, but is not limited to, psychiatry,
psychology, social work, mental health counseling, marriage and family therapy,
nursing, education, occupational therapy, and recreational therapy.
“Indicators” are defined as conditions that will
exist when the activity is done competently and benchmarks are achieved. They
also provide a means to assess the activity’s effect on outcomes of
services.
“Informed consent” refers to time–limited,
voluntary consent. The consumer or legal guardian may withdraw consent at any
time without risk of punitive action. The consumer or legal guardian has the
opportunity to ask and have questions satisfactorily answered. Informed consent
includes a description of the treatment and specific procedures to be followed,
the intended outcome or anticipated benefits, the rationale for use, the risks
of use and nonuse, and the less restrictive alternatives considered.
“Intensive psychiatric rehabilitation services”
means services designed to restore, improve, or maximize level of functioning,
self–care, responsibility, independence, and quality of life and to
minimize impairments, disabilities, and disadvantages of persons with a
disabling mental illness. Services are focused on improving personal
capabilities while reducing the harmful effects of psychiatric disability and
resulting in consumers’ recovering the ability to perform a valued role in
society.
“Leadership” means the governing board, the chief
administrative officer or executive director, managers, supervisors, and
clinical leaders who participate in developing and implementing organizational
policies, plans and systems.
“Marital and family therapist” means a person who
is licensed under Iowa Code chapter 154D in the application of counseling
techniques in the assessment and resolution of emotional conditions. This
includes the alteration and establishment of attitudes and patterns of
interaction relative to marriage, family life, and interpersonal
relationships.
“Mental health counselor” means a person who is
licensed under Iowa Code chapter 154D in counseling services involving
assessment, referral, consultation, and the application of counseling, human
development principles, learning theory, group dynamics, and the etiology of
maladjustment and dysfunctional behavior to individuals, families, and
groups.
“Mental health professional” means a person who
meets all of the following conditions:
1. Holds at least a master’s degree in a mental health
field, including, but not limited to, psychology, counseling and guidance,
psychiatric nursing and social work; or is a doctor of medicine (MD) or doctor
of osteopathic medicine and surgery (DO); and
2. Holds a current Iowa license when required by the Iowa
licensure law; and
3. Has at least two years of postdegree experience supervised
by a mental health professional in assessing mental health problems, mental
illness and needs of persons and in providing appropriate mental health services
for those persons.
“Mental health service provider” means an
organization whose services are established to specifically address mental
health services to individuals or the administration of facilities in which
these services are provided. Organizations included are those that are
contracting with a county board of supervisors to provide mental health services
in lieu of that county’s affiliation with a community mental health center
(Iowa Code chapter 230A) and those that may contract with a county board of
supervisors for special services to the general public or special segments of
the general public and that are not accredited by any other accrediting body.
These standards do not apply to individual practitioners or partnerships of
practitioners who are covered under professional licensure laws.
“Mental health treatment services” are those
activities, programs, or services which include, but are not limited to,
diagnosis, evaluation, psychotherapy, and psychosocial rehabilitation provided
to persons with mental health problems, mental illness, or disorders and the
stabilization, amelioration, or resolution of the problems, illness, or
disorder.
“Mental retardation” means a diagnosis of mental
retardation under these rules which shall be made only when the onset of the
person’s condition was prior to the age of 18 years and shall be based on
an assessment of the person’s intellectual functioning and level of
adaptive skills. A psychologist or psychiatrist who is professionally trained
to administer the tests required to assess intellectual functioning and to
evaluate a person’s adaptive skills shall make the diagnosis. A diagnosis
of mental retardation shall be made in accordance with the criteria provided in
the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition,
published by the American Psychiatric Association.
“Natural supports” means those services and
supports identified as wanted or needed by the consumer provided by persons not
for pay (family, friends, neighbors, and others in the community) and
organizations or entities that serve the general public.
“Organization” means the entity being accredited
under 441—Chapter 24 that is a governmental entity or is an entity that
meets Iowa Code requirements for a business organization as a for–profit
or not–for–profit business, including, but not limited to, a
business corporation under Iowa Code chapter 490 or a nonprofit corporation
under Iowa Code chapter 504A. “Organization” does not mean an
individual for whom a license to engage in a profession is required under Iowa
Code section 147.2 or any individual providing a service if the individual is
not organized as a corporation or other business entity recognized under Iowa
Code.
“Outcome” means the result of the performance or
nonperformance of a function or process or activity.
“Persons with a chronic mental illness” means
persons aged 18 and over with a persistent mental or emotional disorder that
seriously impairs their functioning relative to such primary aspects of daily
living as personal relations, living arrangements, or employment. Persons with
chronic mental illness typically meet at least one of the following
criteria:
1. Have undergone psychiatric treatment more intensive than
outpatient care, more than once in a lifetime (e.g., emergency services,
alternative home care, partial hospitalization or inpatient
hospitalization).
2. Have experienced at least one episode of continuous,
structured supportive residential care other than hospitalization.
In addition, these persons typically meet at least two of the
following criteria, on a continuing or intermittent basis for at least two
years:
• Are unemployed, or
employed in a sheltered setting, or have markedly limited skills and a poor work
history.
• Require financial
assistance for out–of–hospital maintenance and may be unable to
procure this assistance without help.
• Show severe inability to
establish or maintain a personal social support system.
• Require help in basic
living skills.
• Exhibit inappropriate
social behavior that results in demand for intervention by the mental health or
judicial system.
In atypical instances, a person who varies from the above
criteria could still be considered to be a person with chronic mental
illness.
“Persons with developmental disabilities” means
persons with a severe, chronic disability which:
1. Is attributable to mental or physical impairment or a
combination of mental and physical impairments.
2. Is manifested before the person attains the age of
22.
3. Is likely to continue indefinitely.
4. Results in substantial functional limitation in threeor
more of the following areas of life activity: self–care, receptive and
expressive language, learning, mobility, self–direction, capacity for
independent living, and economic self–sufficiency.
5. Reflects the person’s need for a combination and
sequence of services which are of lifelong or extended duration and are
individually planned and coordinated, unless this term is applied to infants and
young children from birth to the age of five inclusive, who have substantial
developmental delay or specific congenital or acquired conditions with a high
probability of resulting in developmental disabilities if services are not
provided.
“Procedures” means the steps to be taken to
implement the policies of the organization.
“Program” means a set of related resources and
services directed to the accomplishment of a fixed set of goals for the
population of a specified geographic area or for special target
populations.
“Psychiatric nurse” means a person who meets the
requirements of a certified psychiatric nurse and is eligible for certification
by the American Nursing Association and licensed by the state of Iowa to
practice nursing as defined in Iowa Code chapter 152.
“Psychiatric rehabilitation practitioner” means a
person who holds a graduate degree in rehabilitation counseling, mental health
counseling, psychology, social work, nursing, or medicine and has at least two
years’ experience working in a psychiatric rehabilitation program or has
at least 60 contact hours of training in psychiatric rehabilitation; or a person
who holds a bachelor’s degree in one of the above areas and has both at
least two years of experience working in a psychiatric rehabilitation program
and at least 60 contact hours of training in psychiatric
rehabilitation.
“Psychiatrist” means a doctor of medicine or
osteopathic medicine and surgery who is certified by the American Board of
Psychiatry and Neurology or who is eligible for certification and who is fully
licensed to practice medicine in the state of Iowa.
“Psychologist” means a person who is licensed to
practice psychology in the state of Iowa, or who is certified by the Iowa
department of education as a school psychologist, or is eligible for
certification, or meets the requirements of eligibility for a license to
practice psychology in the state of Iowa as defined in Iowa Code chapter
154B.
“Qualified case managers and supervisors” means
persons who have the following qualifications: (1) a bachelor’s degree
with 30 semester hours or equivalent quarter hours in a human services field and
at least one year of experience in the delivery of services to the population
groups they serve, or (2) an Iowa license to practice as a registered nurse and
at least three years of experience in the delivery of services to the population
groups they serve. Persons employed as case management supervisors on or before
August 1, 1993, who do not meet these requirements shall be considered to meet
these requirements as long as they are continuously employed by the same case
management provider.
“Qualified in a human services field” means
holding at least a bachelor’s degree from an accredited four–year
college with a major or at least 30 semester hours or its equivalent in human
services. Fields of study which qualify
as“human–service–related fields” include, but are not
limited to: psychiatry, psychology, social work, mental health counseling,
marriage and family therapy, nursing, education, occupational therapy, and
recreational therapy.
“Registered nurse” means a person who is licensed
to practice nursing in the state of Iowa as defined in Iowa Code chapter
152.
“Rehabilitation services” means services designed
to restore, improve, or maximize the individual’s optimal level of
functioning, self–care, self–responsibility, independence and
quality of life and to minimize impairments, disabilities and dysfunction caused
by a serious and persistent mental or emotional disability.
“Service plan” means an individualized
goal–oriented plan of services written in language understandable by the
consumer and developed for a consumer by the consumer and with the
organization.
“Social worker” means a person who is licensed to
practice social work in the state of Iowa as defined in Iowa Code chapter
154C.
“Staff” means a person paid by the organization to
perform duties and responsibilities defined in the organization’s policies
and procedures.
“Supported community living services” means those
services provided to individuals with a mental illness, mental retardation, or
developmental disability to assist them in living, learning, working and
socializing in the community. They include the provision of or arrangement for
personal and environmental supports, assistance and referral in meeting basic
human needs, the provision of or arrangement for family and community support,
and education, coordination and development of local support systems. These
services are intended to be provided in the individual’s home or other
natural community environment.
441—24.2(225C) Standards for policy and
procedures. The organization has written policy direction for the program
being accredited.
24.2(1) Performance benchmark. The organization has a
current policy and procedures manual with policy guidelines and administrative
procedures for all organizational activities and services specific to its
organization.
24.2(2) Performance indicators.
a. The policies and procedures in the manual are current and
meet the requirements in this division.
b. The policies and procedures manual is made available to all
staff. The policies and procedures reflect current organizational activities
and practices.
441—24.3(225C) Standards for organizational
activities.
24.3(1) Organization of service systems.
a. Performance benchmark. The organization designs and
structures the activities and systems of services to maximize coordination and
facilitate continuity and comprehensiveness of services to a consumer.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) The consumer’s admission to an appropriate level of
service is based on an assessment of the consumer’s needs, desires and
abilities, and the organization’s capability to provide the
services.
(2) The organization has established and documented the
necessary admission information to determine the consumer’s eligibility
for participation in the service.
(3) Information is provided to the consumer and, when
appropriate, family and significant others about the nature of the services to
be provided and the consumer’s rights, choices, and
responsibilities.
(4) Continuity of services occurs through coordination among
the staff and professionals providing services to the consumer. Coordination of
services through linkages with other settings and providers has occurred, as
appropriate.
(5) Referral, transfer, or discharge of the consumer to
another level of services or provider, or termination of services, is based upon
the consumer’s assessed needs, abilities, situation and desires, and is
planned and coordinated.
(6) A written discharge summary is included in each consumer
record at the time of discharge.
24.3(2) Consumer rights.
a. Performance benchmark. Each consumer is recognized and
respected in the provision of services, in accordance with basic human, civil
and statutory rights.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Services are provided in ways that respect and enhance the
consumer’s sense of autonomy, privacy, dignity, self–esteem and
involvement in the consumer’s own treatment. Language barriers, cultural
differences, and cognitive deficits are taken into consideration and provisions
are made to facilitate meaningful consumer participation.
(2) Requirements and expectations for participation in the
service program are defined by the organization and staff providing the
services.
(3) The organization has a mechanism established to protect
the consumers and ensure their rights during any activities, procedure or
research that requires informed consent.
(4) The organization informs the consumer about the
consumer’s rights and provides an avenue to express questions, concerns,
complaints or grievances about any aspect of the consumer’s
service.
(5) The organization provides the consumers and their
guardians the right to appeal the application of policies, procedures, or any
staff action that affects the consumer. The provider has established written
appeal procedures and a method to ensure that the procedures and appeal process
are available to consumers.
(6) The organization has implemented procedures to ensure that
the procedures and appeal process are available.
(7) All consumers, their legal representatives, or other
persons authorized by law, have access to the consumer’s record in
accordance with state and federal laws and regulations.
24.3(3) Performance improvement system.
a. Performance benchmark. The organization has a systematic,
organizationwide, planned approach to designing, measuring, evaluating, and
improving the level of its performance.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Organization leaders provide the direction, resources, and
training to facilitate quality assessment and improvement activities on an
organizationwide basis.
(2) There is a systematic process of identifying, collecting,
and assessing information and data which is used to measure the
organization’s level of performance, identify priority areas for
improvement, design and assess new systems, and evaluate levels of improvement
resulting from a change in existing systems.
(3) Consumer expectations and perceptions, or those of legal
guardians and family, and staff identification of priority areas are included in
assessing quality of services and effectiveness of performance.
(4) Measurement of organization and consumer–focused
outcomes is carried out to assess effectiveness of performance and determine
areas where services or systems may need improvement.
(5) Data is gathered about consumer achievements and outcomes
so that effectiveness of interventions is measured and monitored.
(6) Performance improvement activities involve all staff and
represent all areas and levels of organizational functioning.
(7) Performance improvement activities involve consumers
served by the organization and their legal guardians and family members as
appropriate.
24.3(4) Leadership.
a. Performance benchmark. Organizational leaders provide the
framework for the planning, designing, directing, coordination, provision and
improvement of services that are responsive to the consumers and the community
served by the organization.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) There are clearly articulated mission and values
statements that are reflected in the long–range organizational plans and
in organization policies.
(2) The annual and long–range budgeting process involves
appropriate governing and managing levels of leadership and reflects the
organization mission and values. An annual financial audit is done by an
independent auditor or as provided by law.
(3) The organization establishes a board of directors or
advisory board.
(4) The organization’s decision–making process,
including policy decisions affecting the organization, reflects involvement of
the various levels of leadership and responsiveness to staff.
(5) Organization leaders solicit input from leaders of the
various community and consumer groups served by the organization in designing
responsive service delivery systems.
(6) The leaders develop and implement a service system
appropriate to the needs of the consumers served by the organization.
(7) The organization leaders structure and support a method of
performance improvement that ensures that internal systems and activities
throughout the organization are measured, assessed and improved on an ongoing
basis.
(8) Organization leaders make educational information and
service consultation available to community groups and resources.
24.3(5) Management information system.
a. Performance benchmark. Information is obtained, managed
and used in an efficient and effective method to document, enhance and improve
organizational performance and service delivery to the consumers.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) The organization has provided for the security,
confidentiality and integrity of all data information including consumer
records.
(2) The organization has a system of consumer records,
maintained on a current basis, for the organization, compilation, documentation,
and maintenance of all individualconsumer–specific information related to
the provision and outcomes of services and treatments provided to the
consumer.
(3) The organization provides opportunities to obtain
information to use in planning, designing, managing and improving consumer
services and organizational systems.
(4) The organization gathers information and data is captured,
analyzed and available to facilitate the following performance improvement
activities: decision making, service delivery, and performance
improvement.
24.3(6) Human resources.
a. Performance benchmark. The organization provides
credentialed staff in order to support the organization’s mission and
facilitate the provision of quality services to consumers.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Qualifications and competencies are defined commensurate
with the specific job responsibilities and applicable licensure laws, and a
credentialing review process is established to ensure compliance. Copies of
applicable licenses and degrees shall be included in personnel
records.
(2) There is a system to ensure that the demonstrated
performance and competency of all staff within their job responsibilities are
assessed regularly, with provisions made for ongoing improvement goals, and for
supervision or peer review.
(3) Ongoing in–service and other learning and
educational opportunities are made available to and used by staff to maintain
and improve staff competency levels. New staff receive initial orientation,
information, and training which includes adult and child abuse mandatory
reporter requirements and confidentiality training. Training on confidentiality
and on reporting of child and dependent adult abuse and neglect shall be
documented in personnel records.
(4) The organization has established and implemented a code of
ethics for all staff. The personnel records shall have documentation that the
current code of ethics has been reviewed with each staff member. The
organization ensures that the following issues are addressed: confidentiality,
consumer rights, professional and legal issues and statutory obligations in
providing services to consumers.
24.3(7) Organizational environment.
a. Performance benchmark. Services are provided in an
organizational environment that is safe and supportive for the consumers being
served and the staff providing services.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) The environment enhances the self–image of the
consumer and preserves the consumer’s dignity, privacy, and
self–development.
(2) The environment is safe and accessible and meets all
applicable local, state, and federal regulations.
(3) The processes that service and maintain the environment
and the effectiveness of the environment are reviewed within the
organization’s monitoring and improvement system.
(4) Procedures for interventions are established for
situations in which a consumer may be involved in behavior that presents
significant risk to the consumer or others. The interventions also ensure that
the consumer’s rights are protected and that due process is
afforded.
(5) Risk management situations are reviewed by the
organization’s performance improvement system for necessity,
appropriateness, effectiveness and prevention.
(6) The organization has a mechanism that addresses the safe
storage, provision, and administration of medication when used within the
service environment in accordance with state and federal regulations.
441—24.4(225C) Standards for services. The
standards in subrules 24.4(1) through 24.4(6) shall be reviewed as part of the
review for each specific service set forth in subrules 24.4(7) through
24.4(14).
24.4(1) Clinical records.
a. Performance benchmark. Each clinical record shall include
a social history, assessment, consumer service plan, and documentation of
service provision.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Essential information is kept current.
(2) Records reflect the input of the consumer
served.
24.4(2) Social history.
a. Performance benchmark. The social history shall include
relevant historical information regarding the familial, physical, psychosocial,
behavioral, environmental, social functioning, cultural and legal aspects of the
consumer’s life.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Relevant historical information is collected and
documented.
(2) The social history is developed and completed by staff
credentialed in accordance with organization policy and procedure and
appropriate professional standards of practice.
(3) The social history is updated at least annually.
(4) Family and significant others desired by the consumer are
involved, as appropriate, in developing the social history.
24.4(3) Assessment.
a. Performance benchmark. A written assessment is developed
that is the basis for the services provided to the consumers. The assessment
includes information about the consumer’s current situation, needs,
problems, wants, abilities and desired results.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Staff credentialed in accordance with organization policy
and procedure and appropriate professional standards of practice complete the
assessment.
(2) Decisions regarding level, type and immediacy of services
to be provided, or need for further assessment or evaluation, are based upon the
analysis of the information gathered in the assessment and with the
consumer’s involvement.
(3) Assessments of children reflect developmental history and
needs.
(4) Collateral provider information should be solicited as
appropriate to the individual situation in order to compile a comprehensive and
full assessment.
(5) Each consumer is reassessed at least annually during the
course of services to determine the consumer’s response to interventions
and when a significant change occurs in the consumer’s functioning,
presenting problem, needs, or desires. The reassessment shall be documented in
a written format.
(6) Consumers with a diagnosis of a serious and persistent
mental illness must have this diagnosis supported by a psychiatric or
psychological evaluation conducted by a qualified professional and documentation
of the diagnosis shall be contained in the consumer record.
(7) Documentation supporting the diagnoses of a developmental
disability by professionals shall be in the consumer record.
24.4(4) Consumer service plan.
a. Performance benchmark. Individualized, planned and
appropriate services are guided by an individual–specific service plan
developed in collaboration with the consumer, significantly involved others as
appropriate, and staff. Services are planned and directed to where the
consumers live, learn, work, and socialize.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) The service plan is based on the current
assessment.
(2) The service plan identifies observable or measurable
consumer goals and action steps to meet the goals.
(3) The service plan includes interventions and supports
needed to meet those goals with incremental time lines.
(4) The service plan includes the persons or organizations
responsible for carrying out the interventions or supports.
(5) Services defined in the service plan are appropriate to
the severity level of problems and specific needs or disabilities and related to
desired consumer outcomes.
(6) The plan reflects consumer desires and involves other
organizations and individuals as appropriate.
(7) The selection and wording of the goals and desired
outcomes reflect consumer collaboration.
(8) Activities identified in the service plan encourage the
consumer’s ability and right to make choices, to experience a sense of
achievement, and to modify or continue the consumer’s participation in the
treatment process.
(9) Staff monitor the service plan with review occurring
regularly. At least annually, the service plan is assessed and revised to
determine achievement, continued need or change in goals or intervention
methods. The review includes the consumer with the involvement of significant
others as appropriate.
(10) A separate, individualized, anticipated discharge plan is
developed as part of the individualized service plan.
(11) The service plan shall include documentation of any
rights restrictions with a plan to restore those rights or a reason why a plan
is not needed.
24.4(5) Documentation of service provision.
a. Performance benchmark. Individualized and appropriate
intervention services and treatments are provided in ways that support the
needs, desires, and goals identified in the service plan, and that respect
consumers’ rights and choices.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) All interventions respect and enhance the consumer’s
abilities and dignity, encourage the development of a sense of achievement, and
allow the consumer to choose to continue or to modify the consumer’s
participation in the treatment process.
(2) Responsible staff monitor and document the provision of
the intervention services, the consumer’s response to those services, and
the outcomes of the services provided. This documentation shall be in a
written, legible, narrative format in accordance with organizational
procedures.
(3) Staff who are credentialed in accordance with organization
policy and procedure, who meet relevant standards of practice, and who function
within an authorized scope of practice provide intervention services.
(4) Services provided to consumers reflect current practice
and knowledge levels.
24.4(6) Confidentiality and legal status. The
benchmark for confidentiality and legal status applies to all clinical
rec–ords.
a. Performance benchmark. Information regarding a consumer is
recognized and respected as confidential.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) The organization shall obtain written consent from the
consumer, the consumer’s legal guardian, or other persons authorized by
law for the release of personal identifying information.
(2) Refusal by the consumer to authorize the release of
personal identifying information is not an automatic reason for denial of
services.
(3) Personal identifying information is released or disclosed
only in accordance with existing federal and state laws and
regulations.
(4) There shall be documentation of legal status including a
copy of guardianship papers, probation, commitment or other court orders if
applicable.
24.4(7) Providers of case management. Case management
is a service that assists service recipients in gaining access to appropriate
living environments, needed medical services, and interrelated social,
vocational, and educational services. Consumers receive case management
services from qualified, supervised case managers. Case management in this
chapter meets the guidelines set forth in the Iowa Medicaid state
plan.
Case management services link consumers to service agencies
and support systems responsible for providing the necessary direct service
activities and coordinate and monitor those services. Case managers shall not
provide direct services. Within an accredited case management program, the
average caseload shall be no more than 45 consumers per case manager.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers are enabled to live,
learn, work, and socialize as independently as possible in a community setting
through the receipt of skill enhancement services that are coordinated and
monitored.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Consumers are part of a team composed of, at a minimum,
the case manager and organizations or natural supports relevant to the
consumer’s service needs. In addition, the team may include family at the
discretion of the consumer.
(2) The team works with the consumer to establish the service
plan which guides and coordinates the delivery of the services.
(3) The case manager advocates for the consumer.
(4) The case manager coordinates the services.
Face–to–face meetings with the consumer must be held at least
quarterly.
(5) The case manager monitors the services, but does not
provide direct services.
(6) Consumers are linked to appropriate resources, which shall
provide necessary direct services and natural supports.
(7) Consumers participate in developing an individualized
crisis intervention plan.
(8) Consumers are facilitated to exercise choice, make
decisions, and take risks that are a typical part of life and fully participate
as members in the community.
(9) Documentation shows consumer input on choosing
goals.
(10) Documentation shows consumers are informed about their
choice of providers as provided in the county management plan.
24.4(8) Day treatment and intensive outpatient therapy
services. Day treatment and intensive outpatient therapy services are
individualized services emphasizing mental health treatment and intensive
psychiatric rehabilitation activities designed to increase the consumer’s
ability to function independently or facilitate transition from residential
placement. Individual and group treatment and rehabilitation services are used
based on consumer needs and identified behavioral or mental health issues. A
mental health professional provides the mental health treatment services.
Supervision of staff and services is done by a mental health
professional.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers who are experiencing a
significantly reduced ability to function in the community are stabilized and
improved by the receipt of intensive psychiatric rehabilitation, mental health
treatment services and in–home support services; and the need for
residential or inpatient placement is alleviated.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Consumers participate with the staff in identifying the
problem areas to be addressed and the goals to be achieved that are based on the
consumer’s need for services.
(2) Consumers receive individualized services designed to
focus on those identified mental health or behavioral issues that are causing
the significant impairment in their day–to–day
functioning.
(3) Consumers who receive intensive outpatient and day
treatment services receive a comprehensive and integrated schedule of recognized
individual and group treatment and rehabilitation services at least three hours
per day, three days per week for an identified period of time.
(4) Consumers and staff review the consumer’s progress
in resolving problems and achieving goals on a frequent and regular
basis.
(5) Consumers receive services appropriate to defined need and
current risk factors.
(6) Consumers receive services from staff who are
appropriately qualified and trained to provide the range and intensity of
services required by the specific problems or disabilities of the consumer. A
mental health professional provides or directly supervises the provision of
treatment services. A mental health professional who has been trained as a
psychiatric rehabilitation practitioner or a psychiatric rehabilitation
practitioner provides or supervises the provision of rehabilitation and support
services.
(7) Consumers participate in discharge planning which focuses
on coordinating and integrating consumer, family, and community and organization
resources.
(8) Family members of consumers are involved in the planning
and provision of services as appropriate and as desired by the
consumer.
24.4(9) Intensive psychiatric rehabilitation services.
Intensive psychiatric rehabilitation services are individualized services
emphasizing mental health treatment, intensive psychiatric rehabilitation
services and in–home support services designed to increase the
consumer’s ability to function independently and to prevent or reduce the
need for services in a hospital or residential setting. A mental health
professional provides the mental health treatment services. Intensive
psychiatric rehabilitation services are provided by or under the supervision of
a psychiatric rehabilitation practitioner or a mental health professional who
has been trained as a rehabil–itation practitioner.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers who are experiencing a
significantly reduced ability to function in the community are stabilized and
improved by the receipt of intensive psychiatric rehabilitation, mental health
treatment services and in–home support services; and the need for
residential or inpatient placement is alleviated.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Consumers participate with the organization staff in
identifying the problem areas to be addressed and the goals to be
achieved.
(2) Consumers receive individualized services designed to
focus on those identified mental health needs, functional needs and support
needs that are causing the significant impairment in their
day–to–day functioning.
(3) Whenever possible, intensive psychiatric rehabilitative
services should be provided in natural settings where people live, work, learn,
and socialize.
(4) Consumers and staff review their progress in resolving
problems and achieving goals on a frequent and regular basis.
(5) Consumers receive services appropriate to defined need and
current risk factors.
(6) Consumers receive services from staff who are
appropriately qualified and trained to provide the range and intensity of
services required by the specific problems or disabilities of the consumer. A
mental health professional provides or directly supervises the provision of
treatment services. A mental health professional or a psychiatric
rehabilitation practitioner provides or supervises the provision of
rehabilitation and support services.
(7) Consumers participate in discharge planning which focuses
on coordinating and integrating consumer, family, and community and organization
resources.
(8) Significantly involved others are involved with the
consumer in the planning and provision of services as appropriate and as desired
by the consumer.
(9) Consumers receive four to ten hours per week of recognized
individual and group treatment and rehabilitation services with an emphasis on
individual services. Individual in–home support services may also be
provided. All services are provided for an identified period of time.
(10) An increase in motivational readiness to choose valued
roles and environments is documented in each consumer’s file.
(11) Increases in skill competency are documented in each
consumer’s file.
(12) Increases in the use of critical resources are documented
in each consumer’s file.
(13) The achievement of chosen rehabilitation goals is
documented in each consumer’s file.
(14) Satisfaction with services is documented in each
consumer’s file.
(15) Satisfaction with chosen roles and environments is
documented in each consumer’s file.
(16) Positive changes in environmental status such as getting
a job, moving to a more independent living arrangement, enrolling in an
education program, and joining a community group are achieved by consumers and
are documented in each consumer’s file.
(17) A decrease in the need for and use of psychiatric
inpatient services is documented in each consumer’s file.
24.4(10) Supported community living services.
Supported community living services are those services and supports determined
necessary to enable consumers with a mental illness, mental retardation, or a
developmental disability to live, learn, work, and socialize in a community
setting. Services are consumer individualized, need and abilities focused, and
organized according to the following components, which are to be provided by
organizational staff or through linkages with other resources: outreach to
appropriate support or treatment services; assistance and referral in meeting
basic human needs; assistance in housing and living arrangements; mental health
treatment; crisis intervention and assistance; social and vocational assistance;
support, assistance, and education to the consumer’s family and to the
community; protection and advocacy; coordination and development of natural
support systems; and service coordination. Services are directed to enhancing
the consumer’s ability to regain or attain higher levels of independence,
or to maximize current levels of functioning.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers with disabilities live,
learn, work, and socialize in the community.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Consumers receive services within their home and community
setting based on need, desire and mutually identified problem areas.
(2) Consumers participate in a functional assessment at intake
to assist in defining areas of service need and establishing a service plan.
The functional assessment shall be summarized in a narrative that describes the
consumer’s current level of functioning in the areas of living, learning,
working, and socialization. Functional assessments are reviewed on a regular
basis to determine progress.
(3) Consumers with a mental illness have a current psychiatric
evaluation contained in the consumer record.
(4) Consumers with a diagnosis of mental retardation must have
this diagnosis supported by a psychological evaluation conducted by a qualified
professional and documentation of the diagnosis shall be contained in the
consumer record.
(5) Documentation supporting the diagnosis of a developmental
disability by professionals shall be in the consumer record.
(6) Consumers receive support services directed to
ena–bling them to regain or attain higher levels of functioning or to
maximize current functioning.
(7) Natural support systems identified by the consumers
receive education and consultation services from staff.
(8) Services are delivered on an individualized basis in the
place where the consumer lives or works. Supported community living is not part
of an organized mental health support or treatment group.
(9) Documentation is in the consumer file that natural
supports outside the organization are accessed.
(10) Consumers participate in developing a detailed
individualized crisis intervention plan.
24.4(11) Partial hospitalization services. Partial
hospitalization services are active treatment programs providing intensive group
and individual clinical services within a structured therapeutic environment for
those consumers who are exhibiting psychiatric symptoms of sufficient severity
to cause significant impairment in day–to–day functioning.
Short–term outpatient crisis stabilization and rehabilitation services are
provided to avert hospitalization or to transition from an acute care setting.
Services are supervised and managed by a mental health professional, and
psychiatric consultation is routinely available. Clinical services are provided
by a mental health professional.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers who are experiencing
serious impairment in day–to–day functioning due to severe
psychiatric distress are enabled to remain in their community living situation
through the receipt of therapeutically intensive milieu services.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Consumers and staff mutually develop an individualized
service plan that focuses on the behavioral and mental health issues and
problems identified at admission. Goals are based on the consumer’s need
for services.
(2) Consumers receive clinical services that are provided and
supervised by mental health professionals. A licensed and qualified
psychiatrist provides psychiatric consultation and medication
services.
(3) Consumers receive a comprehensive schedule of active,
planned and integrated psychotherapeutic and rehabil–itation services
provided by qualified professional staff at least four hours per day, four days
per week.
(4) Consumers receive group and individual treatment services
that are designed to increase their ability to function independently.
(5) Consumers are involved in the development of an
anticipated discharge plan that includes linkages to family, provider, and
community resources and services.
(6) Consumers have sufficient staff available to ensure their
safety, to be responsive to crisis or individual need, and to provide active
treatment services.
(7) Consumers receive services commensurate with current
identified risk and need factors.
(8) Support systems identified by consumers are involved in
the planning and provision of services and treatments as appropriate and desired
by the consumer.
24.4(12) Outpatient psychotherapy and counseling
serv–ices. Outpatient psychotherapy and counseling services are dynamic
processes in which the therapist uses professional skills, knowledge and
training to enable consumers to realize and mobilize their strengths and
abilities; take charge of their lives; and resolve their issues and problems.
Psychotherapy services may be individual, group, or family, and are provided by
a person meeting the criteria of a mental health professional, or a person with
a master’s degree in a mental health field who is directly supervised by a
mental health professional.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers realize and mobilize
their own strengths and abilities to take control of their lives in the areas
where they live, learn, work, and socialize.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Consumers are prepared for their role as a partner in the
therapeutic process at intake where they define their situation, evaluate those
factors that affect their situation, and establish desired problem resolution.
Psychiatric services and medical management are available to the
consumer.
(2) Psychiatric and psychopharmacological services are
available as needed by the consumer.
(3) Current and future treatment recommendations and
activities mutually agreed to by the consumer and the therapist shall be
documented in the initial assessment and progress notes. A distinct service
plan document is not required.
(4) The consumer’s status as of the last visit and the
reasons for discontinuation of services are documented in the progress notes. A
distinct discharge summary document is not required.
(5) Consumer records shall be subject to an internal quality
assurance process and monitored by the organization. Quality assurance
activities shall include:
1. A review of the consumer’s involvement in and with
treatment.
2. Verification that treatment activities are documented and
are relevant to the diagnosis or presenting problem.
3. Verification that the mental health professional follows up
on consumers who miss appointments.
24.4(13) Emergency services. Emergency services are
crisis services that provide a focused assessment and rapid stabilization of
acute symptoms of mental illness or emotional distress, and are available and
accessible, by telephone or face–to–face, to consumers on a
24–hour basis. The clinical assessment and psychotherapeutic services
shall be provided by a person who holds a master’s degree in a mental
health field, including, but not limited to, psychology, counseling and
guidance, psychiatric nursing, psychiatric rehabilitation, and social work who
has training in emergency services and who has access, at least by telephone, to
a mental health professional, if indicated; or a person who holds a
bachelor’s degree in a human services discipline with five years of
experience providing mental health services or human services who has training
in emergency services and who has access, at least by telephone, to a mental
health professional; or a psychiatric nurse with three years of clinical
experience in mental health who has training in emergency services and who has
access, at least by telephone, to a mental health professional. A comprehensive
social history is not required for this treatment.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers receive, when needed,
emergency services that provide a focused assessment and rapid stabilization of
acute symptoms of mental illness or emotional distress.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) Consumers can access 24–hour emergency services by
telephone or in person.
(2) Information about how to access emergency services is
publicized to facilitate availability of services to consumers, family members,
and the public.
(3) Consumers receive assessments and services from either a
mental health professional or from personnel who meet the requirements above and
are supervised by a mental health professional. Psychiatric consultation is
available, if needed.
(4) Consumers receive intervention services commensurate with
current identified risk factors.
(5) Significantly involved others of consumers are involved as
necessary and appropriate to the situation and as desired by the
consumer.
(6) Consumers are involved in the development of postemergency
service planning and resource identification and coordination.
24.4(14) Evaluation services. Evaluation services are
screening, diagnosis and assessment of individual and family functioning needs,
abilities, and disabilities, and determining current status and functioning in
the areas of living, learning, working, and socializing.
a. Performance benchmark. Consumers receive comprehensive
evaluation services that include screening, diagnosis, and assessment of
individual or family functioning, needs and disabilities.
b. Performance indicators.
(1) The evaluation shall include recommendations for services
and need for further evaluations.
(2) Evaluations shall consider the emotional, behavioral,
cognitive, psychosocial, and physical information as appropriate and
necessary.
(3) Consumers shall receive comprehensive evaluation services
by a mental health professional that include screening, diagnosis, and
assessment of individual or family functioning, needs, abilities, and
disabilities.
(4) Persons who meet the criteria of a mental health
professional shall complete mental health evaluations.
441—24.5(225C) Accreditation. The commission
shall make all decisions involving issuance, denial, or revocation of
accreditation. This accreditation shall delineate all categories of service the
organization is accredited to provide. Although an organization may have more
than one facility or service site, only one accreditation notice shall be issued
to the organization.
24.5(1) Organizations eligible for accreditation. The
commission accredits the following organizations:
a. Providers of case management.
b. Community mental health centers.
c. Providers of supported community living.
d. Providers of other mental health services.
24.5(2) Performance outcome evaluations
system.
a. There are three major sections contained in these
standards: policies and procedures, organizational activities, and services.
The major sections are divided into standards, with a performance benchmark and
performance indicators for each standard. Each of the standards for the three
sections (policy and procedures, organizational activities, and serv–ices)
as set forth in rules 441—24.2(225C), 24.3(225C), and 24.4(225C) shall be
reviewed.
A performance compliance level shall be determined for each
benchmark based on the number of indicators present for that benchmark. Each
indicator under a benchmark is assigned a percentage weight arrived at by
dividing 100 percent by the number of indicators for the benchmark. Benchmark
rating totals shall be added and divided by the number of benchmarks to
determine the section’s performance rating. The performance compliance
level for the benchmarks of each section shall have a potential total rating of
100 percent.
In order for a total overall rating to be established, the
performance rating for policy and procedures shall be counted as 25 percent of
the total, organizational activities as 25 percent of the total, and services as
50 percent of the total.
b. When an organization is accredited for more than one
service under this chapter, staff will conduct one survey for the organization.
There shall be one accreditation award for all the services based upon the
lowest score of the services surveyed. At the time of the recertification
visit, staff shall review the services that did not receive three–year
accreditation.
When an organization subcontracts with agencies to provide
services, on–site reviews shall determine if each agency meets all the
requirements in this division. When an organization subcontracts with more than
one agency, the length of accreditation shall be determined
individually.
24.5(3) Accreditation decisions.
a. Initial 270–day accreditation. This type of
accreditation is granted to a new organization, or for an organization not
previously accredited by the division. Staff may conduct a desk audit or
on–site visit to review the organization’s mission, policies,
procedures, staff credentials, and program descriptions.
b. Three–year accreditation. An organization or service
is eligible for this type of accreditation if it has achieved an 80 percent or
higher percent average performance compliance level. The organization may be
required to develop and submit a plan of corrective action and improvement that
may be monitored either by written report or on–site review.
c. One–year accreditation. An organization is eligible
for this type of accreditation when multiple and substantial deficiencies exist
in specific areas causing compliance levels with performance benchmarks and
indicators to fall between the averages of 70 percent to 79 percent, or when
previously required corrective action plans have not been implemented or
completed. The organization must submit a corrective action plan to correct and
improve specific deficiencies and overall levels of functioning. This plan
shall be monitored through on–site reviews, written reports and the
provision of technical assistance.
d. Probational 180–day accreditation. An organization
is eligible for this type of accreditation in lieu of denial when the overall
compliance level is from 60 to 69 percent and pervasive and serious deficiencies
exist; or when previously required corrective action plans as a result of a
one–year accreditation have not been implemented or completed. All
deficiencies must be corrected by the time of the follow–up on–site
survey at the conclusion of the provisional time period. After this survey the
organization shall either be accredited for at least one year, or accreditation
shall be denied. Organizations with a one– or three–year
accreditation may be downgraded to the probational 180–day accreditation
when one or more complaints are founded at an on–site investigation visit
conducted by division staff.
e. Denial of accreditation.
(1) When there are pervasive and serious deficiencies that put
consumers at immediate risk or when the overall compliance level falls to 59
percent or below, the division administrator is authorized to temporarily deny
accreditation, based upon that determination. The action of the division
administrator shall be reviewed at the next regularly scheduled commission
meeting and, if approved, accreditation shall be denied.
(2) When one or more complaints are received, an investigation
shall be completed and a report submitted to the commission. If any of the
complaints are founded and the commission determines there is a pervasive or
serious deficiency, accreditation shall be denied.
24.5(4) Nonassignability. Accreditation shall not be
assignable to any other organization or provider.
24.5(5) Discontinuation.
a. A discontinued organization is one that has terminated the
service for which it has been accredited.
b. Accreditation is not transferable. Any person or other
legal entity acquiring an accredited facility for the purpose of operating a
service shall make an application as provided herein for a new certificate of
accreditation. Similarly, any organization having acquired accreditation and
desiring to fundamentally alter the service philosophy or transfer to different
premises must notify the division 30 calendar days before said action in order
for the division to review the change and to determine appropriate
action.
c. An organization shall notify the division of any sale or
change in the business status or transfer of ownership in the business or
impending closure of the accredited or certified service at least 30 calendar
days before closure. The organization shall be responsible for the referral and
placement of consumers, as appropriate, and for the preservation of all
records.
24.5(6) Application and renewal procedures. Applying
for accreditation usually constitutes the beginning of the accreditation process
and the process shall continue until the commission makes final determination of
the organization’s accreditation status. The division shall provide Form
470–3005, Application for Accreditation, to all applicants for
accreditation or renewal. An applicant for accreditation shall submit the
following information.
a. The name and address of the applicant
organization.
b. The name and address of the chief executive officer of the
applicant organization.
c. The type of organization and specific services for which
the organization is seeking accreditation.
d. The targeted population groups for which services are to be
provided, as applicable.
e. The number of individuals in each of the targeted
population group or groups to be served, as applicable.
f. Other relative information related to the standards as
requested by division staff.
g. Form 470–3005, Application for Accreditation. The
organization’s chief executive officer and the chairperson of the
governing body shall sign this form.
24.5(7) Application review. An organization seeking
accreditation shall submit a completed application, Form 470–3005, to the
division. The division shall review the application for completion and request
any additional material as needed. Organizations applying for first–time
accreditation may be granted initial accreditation for 270 days to operate until
the division completes an on–site survey.
24.5(8) Survey review of organizations. The division
shall review organizational services and activities as determined by the
accreditation category. This review may include on–site case record
audits, administrative procedures, clinical practices, personnel records,
performance improvement systems and documentation, and interviews with staff,
consumers, boards of directors, or others deemed appropriate, consistent with
the confidentiality safeguards of state and federal laws.
a. An on–site visit shall be made with the organization.
The division shall not be required to provide advance notice to the provider of
the on–site visit for accreditation.
b. The on–site survey team shall consist of designated
members of the division staff. The team may include provider staff, consumers,
and others deemed appropriate.
c. The team shall survey the organization that has applied for
accreditation or that is being reviewed as determined by accreditation category
and the services indicated on the accreditation application in order to verify
information contained in the application and ensure compliance with all
applicable laws, rules and regulations.
d. The accreditation survey team leader shall send a written
report of the findings to the organization within 30 working days after
completion of the accreditation survey.
e. Organizations applying for first–time accreditation
shall be offered technical assistance. Following accreditation, any
organization may request technical assistance from the division to bring into
conformity those areas found in noncompliance with this chapter’s
requirements. The commission may also require that technical assistance be
provided to an organization if multiple deficiencies are noted during a survey
to assist in implementation of the organization’s corrective action plan.
Renewal applicants may be provided technical assistance as needed.
f. Organizations required to develop a corrective action and
improvement plan shall submit it to the division within 30 working days after
the receipt of a report issued as a result of the division’s survey
review. The corrective action plan shall include: specific problem areas
cited, corrective actions to be implemented by the organization, dates by which
each corrective measure shall be completed, and quality assurance and
improvement activities to measure and ensure continued compliance.
g. The division shall prepare all documents with a final
recommendation regarding accreditation to be presented at the commission
meeting. The division shall mail summary reports of the on–site service
review or desk review and a final recommendation concerning accreditation to all
commission members on each application to be processed at the next commission
meeting. If the commission approves accreditation, Form 470–3006, Notice
of Action–Approval, shall be issued which states the duration of the
accreditation and the services which the organization is accredited to provide.
If the commission denies or revokes accreditation, Form 470–3008, Notice
of Action–Denial, shall be issued which states the reasons for the
denial.
h. The division may grant an extension to the period of
accreditation for an organization if there has been a delay in the accreditation
process which is beyond the control of the organization, division, or
commission; or the organization has requested an extension to permit the
organization to prepare and obtain approval of a corrective action plan. The
division shall establish the length of the extension on a
case–by–case basis.
441—24.6(225C) Deemed status. The commission
may grant deemed status to organizations accredited by a recognized national,
not–for–profit, accrediting body when the commission determines the
accreditation is for similar serv–ices. Deemed status for supported
community living services will also be granted to organizations that are
certified under 441—subrule 77.37(14).
24.6(1) National accrediting bodies. The national
accrediting bodies currently recognized as meeting division criteria for
possible deeming are:
a. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare
Organizations (JCAHO).
b. The Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation
Facilities (CARF).
c. The Council on Quality and Leadership in Supports for
People with Disabilities (The Council).
d. Council on Accreditation of Services for Families and
Children (COA).
The accreditation credentials of these national bodies must
specify the type of organization, programs, and services that they accredit, and
include targeted population groups, if appropriate.
Deemed status means that the division is accepting an outside
body’s review, assessment, and accreditation of an organization’s
functioning and services. Therefore, the accrediting body doing the review must
be assessing categories of organizations and types of programs and services
corresponding to those described under this chapter.
An organization that has received accreditation by deemed
status is still held responsible for meeting all requirements under this chapter
and all applicable state laws and regulations. When an organization that is
nationally accredited requests deemed status for services not covered by the
national body’s standards but covered under this chapter, the
accreditation for those services shall be done by the division. Technical
assistance by division staff shall be provided to deemed status organizations as
time permits; however, the assistance will be focused on this chapter’s
requirements.
24.6(2) Reservations. When deemed status is granted,
the commission and the division reserve the following:
a. To have division staff conduct on–site focused
reviews for those organizations applying for deemed status that the division has
not previously accredited.
b. To have division staff do joint site visits with the
accrediting body, attend exit conferences, or conduct focused
follow–behind visits as determined to be appropriate in consultation with
the national accrediting organization and the provider organization.
c. To be informed of and to investigate all complaints that
fall under this chapter’s jurisdiction and to make findings as a result of
the investigation. Complaints and findings shall be reported to the national
accrediting body. The complaint process outlined in this chapter shall be
followed.
d. To review and act upon deemed status under the following
circumstances: when complaints have been founded, when focused reviews find
instances of noncompliance with this chapter’s requirements, when the
national accreditation status of the provider expires without renewal, or when
the organization’s status is downgraded or withdrawn by the national
accrediting body.
e. To have division staff conduct either focused or full
surveys in instances where the national body has accredited the organization for
less than the maximum time period.
24.6(3) Application for deemed status. To apply for
deemed status, the organization shall:
a. Submit Form 470–3331, Application for Deemed
Accreditation, and copies of the latest survey report and accreditation
certificate, documentation of specific programming policies and procedures for
populations being served, and credentials for staff providing services to
populations served.
b. Sign Form 470–3332, Letter of Agreement, and submit
it to the division.
24.6(4) Requirements for deemed status. To be
eligible for deemed status, the organization shall:
a. Be currently accredited by a recognized national
accrediting body for services that are defined under this chapter, or
b. Be currently accredited under 441—subrule 77.37(14)
for supported community living under the home–and community–based
waiver. If consumers with mental illness are served, the provider must submit
verification of the training and credentials of the staff to show that the staff
can meet the needs of the consumers they serve.
c. Require the supported community living staff to have the
same supervisor as the HCBS/MR program.
d. Require staff for the program being deemed to have the
training and credentials needed to meet the needs of the person
served.
24.6(5) Granting of deemed status. When the
commission grants deemed status, the accreditation period shall coincide with
the time period awarded by the national accrediting body or the certification
for home– and community–based services. Under no circumstances
shall accreditation be made for longer than three years.
24.6(6) Continuation of deemed status. The following
documentation shall be submitted to the division to continue deemed
status:
a. A copy of the application for renewal shall be sent to the
division at the same time as application is made to a national accrediting
body.
b. For organizations deemed for supported community living
under the home– and community–based services (HCBS) waiver, HCBS
staff shall furnish the division copies of the letter notifying a provider of a
forthcoming recertification.
c. Following the on–site review by a national
accrediting body, the organization shall send the division a copy of the cover
sheet and national accrediting body report within 30 calendar days from the date
that the organization receives the documents. If a corrective action plan is
required, the organization shall send the division a copy of all correspondence
and documentation related to the corrective action.
d. HCBS staff shall furnish the division with copies of HCBS
certification reports and any corrective action required by HCBS within 30
calendar days after HCBS staff complete the report or the organization completes
required corrective action.
441—24.7(225C) Complaint process. The division
shall receive and record complaints by consumers, employees, any interested
persons, and the public relating to or alleging violations of applicable
requirements of the Iowa Code or rules adopted pursuant to the Code.
24.7(1) Submittal of complaint. The complaint may be
delivered personally or by mail to the MH/DD Division, Department of Human
Services, Fifth Floor, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, or by telephone at (515)281–5874.
a. Consumers shall be assisted as needed or requested in
making a complaint.
b. The information received should specifically state the
basis of the complaint.
24.7(2) Review of complaint. Upon receipt of a
complaint, the division shall make a preliminary review of the complaint. If
the division concludes that the complaint is reasonable, has merit, and is based
on a violation of rules in this chapter, it may make an on–site review of
the organization (with approval of either the division administrator ordesignee
or the commission) which is subject to the complaint. The on–site review
does not require advance notice to the organization.
24.7(3) Decision of division. The division shall
determine an appropriate response which may include, when approved by the
administrator or designee, an on–site investigation. The decision and
action shall be made in a timely fashion to preserve the availability of
witnesses and avoid beginning an investigation under conditions which may have
been significantly altered since the period with which the complaint is
concerned. If a decision is made to conduct an on–site investigation, the
chief executive officer and board chairperson of the organization involved
shall, before or at the commencement of the on–site investigation, be
notified that the division has received a complaint.
a. The organization shall be given an opportunity to
informally present a position regarding allegations in the complaint. The
position may be submitted in writing or presented in a personal conference with
division staff.
b. A written report shall be submitted by certified mail to
the chief administrative officer of the organization and the chairperson of the
board of directors within 20 working days after completion of the
investigation.
c. The report shall indicate whether the complaint was or was
not substantiated, the basis for the substantiation or nonsubstantiation, the
specific rules violated, and a recommendation for corrective action with time
lines specified in the report.
d. The date of delivery shown by the certified mail stub shall
constitute date of official notice.
24.7(4) Review by commission. To the extent allowed
by Iowa Code section 21.5, the commission may review the complaint and
investigation report in a closed meeting.
a. If the complaint is founded, the commission may take
actions deemed appropriate, which may include downgrading or suspending or
revoking an organization’s accreditation status, depending on the severity
of the substantiated complaint.
b. The action taken by the commission shall be voted upon in
the reconvened public meeting part and entered into the official record of
commission minutes.
c. The complainant and the organization shall be informed of
the findings and actions taken by the commission.
24.7(5) Corrective action plan. If the complaint is
substantiated, the organization may be expected to submit a corrective action
plan to the division within 20 calendar days after receiving the
commission’s decision. This plan must respond to violations cited and
commission requirements, and include time lines, internal monitoring systems,
and performance improvement planning. Failure of the organizationto respond to
the report may of itself constitute the basis for revocation or suspension of
accreditation. The organization shall be notified if any action is
taken.
441—24.8(225C) Appeal of survey
report.
24.8(1) Review by the department. When an
organization does not agree with the results or content of an accreditation
report, it may request a review of the report. This request shall be made in
writing within 30 calendar days from the date of the report to MH/DD Division,
Bureau Chief of Quality Assurance and Support, Department of Human Services,
Hoover State Office Building, Fifth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. A
meeting shall be set up between organization staff and the division for
clarification of the report findings within 30 calendar days of the date of the
organization’s letter requesting a review of the report.
a. The division shall send a letter to the organization within
15 calendar days from the date of the meeting notifying the organization if any
changes were made in the report or corrective action plan.
b. Services to the consumers shall continue according to
441—Chapter 24 until the review is completed.
24.8(2) Review by the commission. If the organization
is not satisfied with the decision of the division, it may request a review of
accreditation reports and accreditation recommendations by the commission. This
request shall be made in writing within 30 calendar days from the date of the
decision to the MH/DD Commission, MH/DD Division, Department of Human Services,
Hoover State Office Building, Fifth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114.
a. The request must be received by the division a minimum of
15 calendar days before the next commission meeting to be put on the agenda.
Requests received less than 15 calendar days before the next commission meeting
will be put on the agenda for the next commission meeting. The division shall
send the organization a copy of the agenda. The organization can choose to come
to the commission meeting for a verbal presentation.
The commission shall make a formal motion on the request that
will become part of the minutes. The division shall notify the organization of
the commission’s decision within five working days of the
meeting.
b. Services to the consumers shall continue according to
441—Chapter 24 until the review is completed.
24.8(3) Appeal procedure. If the organization
completed all the review procedures set forth in subrules 24.8(1) and 24.8(2)
and is dissatisfied with the decision of the commission, it may file an appeal
with the department pursuant to 441—Chapter 7. Written request for an
appeal shall be made to Appeals Section, Department of Human Services, Hoover
State Office Building, Fifth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114, within
30 calendar days of the written decision from the division.
Appeals filed prior to completion of all review procedures
will be deemed premature and denied hearing.
441—24.9(225C) Exceptions to policy. Exceptions
to policy shall follow the policies and procedures in the department’s
general rule on exceptions to policy at rule 441—1.8(217). The mental
health and developmental disabilities commission shall make a recommendation to
the director on whether the exception shall be approved.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
225C.
ARC 9644A
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 79, “Other Policies
Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
This amendment increases the per day reimbursement for nursing
facilities providing skilled care for Medicaid clients requiring a ventilator.
A facility providing ventilator care for a Medicaid client will now receive the
maximum allowable cost for the type of facility ($346.20 per day for
hospital–based facilities and $163.41 per day for freestanding
(nonhospital–based) facilities) plus an additional $100 per day. In order
for the facilities to receive payment for ventilator care, the clients must
require at least six hours of ventilator care every day, be inappropriate for
home care, and have failed attempts at weaning or be inappropriate for
weaning.
This category of Medicaid client has complex and intensive
service needs normally above the level of the capabilities of skilled nursing
facility staff and above services ordinarily provided in a skilled nursing
facility. As a result, Iowa Medicaid clients are often transferred to
out–of–state facilities in Omaha and Lincoln, Nebraska, for their
service needs. This change should enable Iowa facilities to provide ventilator
care, thereby eliminating the need for costly out–of–state
placements.
This amendment does not provide for waiver in specified
situations because it confers a benefit in the form of increased compensation to
nursing facilities.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before March 1, 2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 79.1(9), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. In–state facilities serving Medicaid
eligibles eligible patients who require a
ventilator at least six hours every day, are inappropriate for home care, have a
failed attempt at weaning or are inappropriate for weaning, and have medical
needs that require skilled care as determined by the Iowa Foundation for Medical
Care shall receive reimbursement for the care of these patients equal to the
maximum allowable cost for the type of facility plus a $50
$100 per day incentive factor. For ventilator care a facility
may not receive a rate that exceeds the ceiling rate for its facility
classification plus $50 per day. The facility Facilities may
continue to receive the payment reimbursement at these
rates for 30 days for any person weaned from a respirator who continues to
reside in the facility and continues to meet skilled criteria for those 30
days.
ARC 9655A
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135C.14, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals proposes to amend Chapter 51,
“Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment reflects changes made to Iowa Code
section 135B.7 during the 1999 Legislative Session (1999 Iowa Acts, Senate File
277) regarding hospital medical staff.
These rules reflect statutory provisions. Therefore, a waiver
of this rule or a portion of this rule would conflict with state law.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before February 29, 2000. Written materials
should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals,
Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may
be sent to jkomos@dia.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 135B.7.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 51.5(3) as follows:
51.5(3) A hospital shall not deny clinical privileges
to physicians and surgeons, podiatrists, osteopaths or osteopathic surgeons,
dentists, certified health service providers in psychology, physician
assistants or advanced registered nurse practitioners licensed under Iowa
Code chapter 148, 148C, 149, 150, 150A, 152, or 153 or section
154B.7 solely by reason of the license held by the practitioner or solely by
reasons of the school or institution in which the practitioner received medical
schooling or postgraduate training if the medical schooling or postgraduate
training was accredited by an organization recognized by the council on
postsecondary accreditation or an accrediting group recognized by the United
States Department of Education.
ARC 9656A
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135C.14, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals proposes to amend Chapter 51,
“Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment updates reference sources guiding
hospitals in the development of policies and procedures for obstetric and
neonatal services.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before February 29, 2000. Written materials
should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals,
Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may
be sent to jkomos@dia.state.ia.us.
This amendment is not subject to waiver because hospital rules
are considered minimum standards.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
135B.7.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 51.32(2) as follows:
51.32(2) Written policies and procedures shall be
implemented governing obstetric and neonatal services that are consistent with
the needs of the patient and resources of the hospital. Policies and procedures
shall be developed in consultation with and with the approval of the
hospital’s medical staff. At a minimum, the policies and procedures shall
provide for:
a. to g. No change.
Reference sources to guide hospitals in the development of
policies and procedures are: 641—Chapter 150, Iowa Regionalized System
of Perinatal Health Care, Iowa Administrative Code,
“Guidelines for Perinatal Services,” Seventh
Edition, Iowa Department of Public Health; and
“Guidelines for Perinatal Care,” Third Fourth
Edition, American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Obstetrics and
Gynecology.
ARC 9657A
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135C.14, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals proposes to amend Chapter 57,
“Residential Care Facilities,” and Chapter 58, “Nursing
Facilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments correct the numerical reference made
to the Iowa Code and update language. The proposed language is similar to that
enacted by the Board of Pharmacy Examiners and reflects changes to the
long–term care environment.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before February 29, 2000. Written materials
should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals,
Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may
be sent to moliver@dia.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held on February 29, 2000, at9 a.m.
in the Director’s Conference Room, Second Floor, Lucas State Office
Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present
their views orally or in writing at the public hearing.
These amendments are subject to waiver pursuant to the
Department’s variance provisions contained in rule 481—
58.2(135C).
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135C.14(8).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend
57.19(1)“b”(5) as follows:
(5) Schedule II drugs, as defined by Iowa Code chapter
204 124, shall be kept in a locked box within the locked
medication cabinet; (II, III)
ITEM 2. Amend rule 481—58.51(135C)
as follows:
481—58.51(135C) Choice of physician
Freedom of choice of physician and pharmacy. Each resident shall be
permitted free choice of a physician and a pharmacy, if
accessible. The facility may require the pharmacy selected to utilize
a drug distribution system compatible with the system currently used by the
facility. To determine compatibility with the current system, the medication
administration system, payment system, and accessibility may be considered. The
pharmacy selected by the resident must provide for the timely delivery of
medication. (II)
ARC 9650A
LOTTERY DIVISION[705]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
17A.3(1)“b” and 99E.9(3) and Executive Order Number 11, the Lottery
Division proposes to amend Chapter 1, “General Operation of the
Lottery,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of the amendment is to satisfy the requirements of
Executive Order Number 11 which requires state agencies to adopt a general
waiver rule for rules promulgated by the agency.
The Lottery does not intend to waive the requirements of this
rule in order to ensure fairness in the application of the waiver
rule.
Consistent with Executive Order Number 9, the Lottery has
considered the regulatory principles identified in this order and finds that
this rule will serve an important public need in making the rules of the Lottery
more flexible in application to specific circumstances. Additionally, the
Lottery finds that there are no other practical or reasonable methods to vary
the terms of the rules used by the Lottery except to provide for a general
waiver rule.
Rule 705—1.30(99E) will provide for the general
requirements for requesting a waiver and describe the procedure the Lottery will
use to grant a waiver. The rule provides that the granting of a waiver will be
in the sole discretion of the Lottery’s Board.
The Lottery will hold a public hearing to receive public
comments on the amendment on February 29, 2000, at 2 p.m. at the offices of the
Lottery, 2015 Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. The Lottery will receive written
comments on the amendment until the close of business on March 1, 2000.
Comments may be addressed to Ken Brickman, Lottery Administrative Rules
Coordinator, 2015 Grand Avenue,Des Moines, Iowa 50312. Comments may also be
faxedto (515)281–7882, or E–mailed to Web.Master@ilot.
state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend 705—Chapter 1 by adopting the following
new rule:
705—1.30(99E) Waiver or variance of rules. This
rule outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from
rules adopted by the lottery.
1.30(1) Lottery board authority. A waiver or variance
from rules adopted by the lottery board may be granted in accordance with this
rule if (a) the lottery has exclusive rule–making authority to promulgate
the rule from which a waiver or variance is requested or has final
decision–making authority over a contested case in which a waiver or
variance is requested; and (b) no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant
of a waiver or variance from the rule from which waiver or variance is
requested.
1.30(2) Interpretive rules. This uniform waiver and
variance rule shall not apply to rules that merely define the meaning of a
statute or other provisions of law or precedent if the lottery does not possess
delegated authority to bind the courts to any extent with its
definition.
1.30(3) Compliance with statute. No waiver or
variance may be granted from a requirement that is imposed by statute. Any
waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
1.30(4) Criteria for waiver or variance. The lottery
may issue an order, in response to a completed petition or on its own motion,
granting a waiver or variance from a rule adopted by the lottery board, in whole
or in part, as applied to the circumstances of a specified person if the lottery
board finds all three of the following exist:
a. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
b. A waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
c. A waiver or variance in the specific case would not
prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person.
In determining whether a waiver or variance would be
consistent with the public interest under “b” above, the lottery
board shall consider whether, if the waiver or variance is granted, the public
health and safety will be protected by other means that are substantially
equivalent to full compliance with the rule.
1.30(5) Lottery discretion. The decision on whether
the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or variance shall be made at
the sole discretion of the lottery board upon consideration of all relevant
factors.
1.30(6) Mandatory waivers or variances. In response
to the timely filing of a completed petition requesting a waiver or variance,
the lottery shall grant a waiver or variance from a rule, in whole or in part,
as applied to the particular circumstances of a specified person, if the lottery
board finds that the application of all or a portion thereof to the
circumstances of that specified person would not, to any extent, advance or
serve any of the purposes of the rule.
1.30(7) Burden of persuasion. The petitioner shall
assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a waiver or
variance from a lottery rule.
1.30(8) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. This uniform waiver and variance rule shall not preclude the lottery
from granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the basis of other
standards if a statute or other lottery rule authorizes the lottery to do so and
the lottery board deems it appropriate to do so.
1.30(9) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver or variance is sought establishes administrative deadlines or
deadlines in bidding documents, the lottery shall balance the special individual
circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of uniform treatment of
all persons participating in a particular program offered by, service sought
from, or benefit conferred by the lottery.
1.30(10) Filing of petition. A petition for a waiver
or variance must be submitted in writing to the lottery as follows:
a. Contested cases. If the petition relates to a pending
contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
b. Other. If the petition does not relate to a pending
contested case, the petition may be submitted to the lottery board.
1.30(11) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
or variance shall include the signature of the petitioner at the conclusion of
the petition attesting to the accuracy and truthfulness of the information set
forth in the petition, and shall include the following information where
applicable and known to the petitioner:
a. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver or variance is being requested, and the case number of
any related contested case if pending or closed within the last two
years.
b. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver or variance is requested.
c. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
d. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance. This statement shall include a signed statement
from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the
petition, and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver or variance.
e. A complete history of all the lottery’s action
relative to the petitioner and the rule from which the waiver is
requested.
f. Any information known to the petitioner regarding the
lottery’s treatment of similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the lottery with information relevant
to the requested waiver or variance.
1.30(12) Additional information. If the petition is
not filed in a contested case and prior to issuing an order granting or denying
a waiver or variance, the lottery may request additional information from the
petitioner relative to the petition and circumstances relating to the request
for waiver or variance. The request may be in the form of written questions or
oral interview. The lottery may interview or direct written questions to other
persons in connection with the waiver or variance requested. If the petition
was not filed in a contested case, the lottery may, on its own motion or at the
petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting
between the petitioner and a committee or a quorum of the lottery board to
consider the petition for waiver or variance.
1.30(13) Notice. The lottery shall acknowledge a
petition upon receipt. The lottery shall ensure that notice of the pendency of
the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been provided to all
persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law, within 30 days of
the receipt of the petition. In addition, the lottery may give notice to other
persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the lottery board may require the
petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is required by any
provision of law, and provide a written statement to the lottery board attesting
that notice has been provided.
1.30(14) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A and 705—Chapter 6 regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case, and shall otherwise apply to lottery proceedings for a
waiver or variance only when the lottery board so provides by rule or order or
is required to do so by statute.
1.30(15) Ruling. An order granting or denying a
waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and operative period of the waiver or
variance if one is granted.
An order that grants a waiver shall also state that the waiver
is effective for the lesser of the period requested by petitioner or one year
from the date of issuance and that the petitioner may apply for an extension
beyond the one–year period. To request continuance of the waiver beyond
the one–year period, the petitioner must submit a petition for extension
of waiver requesting a one–year extension. In order for a petition for
extension of a waiver to be valid, it must be submitted to the lottery not more
than 45 or less than 30 days prior to the expiration date of the previously
issued waiver or extension of waiver. Failure to timely file the petition for
the extension of waiver or for the requirements contained in this rule shall
result in denial of the petition for extension of the waiver.
1.30(16) Conditions. The lottery board may condition
the grant of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate
to achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
1.30(17) Time for ruling. The lottery board shall
grant or deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in
any event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner
agrees to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case,
the lottery board shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at
which the final decision in that contested case is issued.
1.30(18) When deemed denied. Failure of the lottery
board to grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be
deemed a denial of that petition by the lottery.
1.30(19) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this uniform rule shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
1.30(20) Public availability. Subject to the
provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the lottery shall
maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers or variances under
this uniform rule. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers or
variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at the
lottery’s central office.
1.30(21) Voiding or cancellation. A waiver or
variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based are not
true or if material facts have been withheld. The lottery may at any time
cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the lottery
board finds that the facts as stated in the petition are not true, material
facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the
waiver or variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the
petitioner has failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
1.30(22) Violations. Violation of conditions in the
waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of the particular
rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject to the same
remedies or penalties.
1.30(23) Defense. After the lottery issues an order
granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense within its terms and the
specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains in
any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked. The order
shall only be effective for the person to whom it is issued. The order is not
assignable and it shall not inure to the benefit of the heirs or successors in
interest of the person first obtaining the waiver or variance.
1.30(24) Appeals. Any request for an appeal from a
decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with
the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and the lottery’s rules.
An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in
response to the request unless rule or statute provides a contrary
time.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 99E.9(3)
and Executive Order Number 11.
ARC 9675A
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 15, “Uniform Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Proposed Chapter 15 establishes uniform rules providing for
waivers or variances from administrative rules. This rule making implements
Executive Order Number 11 signed by the Governor on September 14, 1999. It
provides for increased flexibility of administrative rule enforcement as applied
to individual licensed nurses, continuing education providers or nursing
education programs.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before February 29, 2000. Such written materials should be directed to
the Executive Director, Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W. 8th
Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who want to convey
their views orally should contact the ExecutiveDirector at (515)281–3256
or in the Board office at 400S.W. 8th Street, by appointment.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147 and 152.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 15
UNIFORM WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
655—15.1(17A,147,152) Applicability. This
chapter outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from
rules adopted by the board of nursing.
15.1(1) Board authority. A waiver or variance from
rules adopted by the board may be granted in accordance with this chapter if (1)
the board has exclusive rule–making authority to promulgate the rule from
which waiver or variance is requested or has final decision–making
authority over a contested case in which a waiver or variance is requested; and
(2) no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver or variance from
the rule from which waiver or variance is requested.
15.1(2) Interpretive rules. This chapter shall not
apply to rules that merely define the meaning of a statute or other provisions
of law or precedent if the board does not possess delegated authority to bind
the courts to any extent with its definition.
655—15.2(17A,147,152) Compliance with statute.
No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement which is imposed by
statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
655—15.3(17A,147,152) Criteria for waiver or
variance. The board may issue an order, in response to a completed petition
or on its own motion, granting a waiver or variance from a rule adopted by the
board, in whole or in part, as applied to the circumstances of a specified
person if the board finds that:
1. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
2. Waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
3. Waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person.
In determining whether waiver or variance would be consistent
with the public interest under “2” above, the board shall consider
whether, if the waiver or variance is granted, the public health and safety will
be protected by other means that are substantially equivalent to full compliance
with the rule.
15.3(1) Board discretion. The decision on whether the
circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or variance shall be made at the
discretion of the board, upon consideration of all relevant factors.
15.3(2) Mandatory waivers or variances. In response
to the timely filing of a completed petition requesting a waiver or variance,
the board shall grant a waiver or variance from a rule, in whole or in part, as
applied to the particular circumstances of a specified person, if the board
finds that the application of all or a portion thereof to the circumstances of
that specified person would not, to any extent, advance or serve any of the
purposes of the rule.
15.3(3) Burden of persuasion. The petitioner shall
assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a waiver or
variance from a board rule.
15.3(4) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. These uniform waiver and variance rules shall not preclude
the board from granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the basis
of other standards if a statute or other board rule authorizes the board to do
so, and the board deems it appropriate to do so.
15.3(5) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver or variance is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the
board shall balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with
the overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
655—15.4(17A,147,152) Filing of petition. A
petition for a waiver or variance must be submitted in writing to the board, as
follows:
15.4(1) License application. If the petition relates
to a license application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the
filing requirements for the license in question.
15.4(2) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
15.4(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
license application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted
to the board’s executive director.
655—15.5(17A,147,152) Content of petition. A
petition for waiver or variance shall include the following information where
applicable and known to the requester:
1. The name, address and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver or variance is being requested, and the case number of
any related contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver will extend.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance. This statement shall include a signed statement
from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the
petition, and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver or variance.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the
proposed waiver or variance, including a description of each affected license
held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the
last five years.
6. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address and telephone number of any public agency
or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question, or which
might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
8. The name, address and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
9. The name, address and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver or variance.
655—15.6(17A,147,152) Additional information.
Prior to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the board
may request additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition
and surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested
case, the board may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
board’s executive director, a committee of the board, or a quorum of the
board.
655—15.7(17A,147,152) Notice. The board shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The board shall ensure that notice of the
pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law,
within 30 days of receipt of the petition. In addition, the agency may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the board may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to the agency
attesting that notice has been provided.
655—15.8(17A,147,152) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case, and shall otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a
waiver or variance only when the board so provides by rule or order or is
required to do so by statute.
655—15.9(17A,147,152) Ruling. An order granting
or denying a waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a
reference to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the
order pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the
action is based, and a description of the precise scope and operative period of
the waiver if one is issued.
15.9(1) Conditions. The board may condition the grant
of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to
achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
15.9(2) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any
event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board
shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final
decision in that contested case is issued.
15.9(3) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board.
15.9(4) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
655—15.10(17A,147,152) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
board shall maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers and
variances under this chapter. All final rulings in response to requests for
waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at
the board office.
655—15.11(17A,147,152) Voiding or cancellation.
A waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is
based are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The board may at
any time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the
board finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts
have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver
or variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the
requester has failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
655—15.12(17A,147,152) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of
the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject
to the same remedies or penalties.
655—15.13(17A,147,152) Defense. After the board
issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense within its
terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order
pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
655—15.14(17A,147,152) Appeals. Any request for
an appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in
accordance with the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and board
rules. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in
response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or
statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147 and 152.
ARC 9647A
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 8, “Mutuel Department,” and Chapter 13,
“Occupational and Vendor Licensing,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Item 1 allows the licensee more flexibility in allowing the
stewards, who are on site, to make the determination as to the approval of
smaller fields for trifecta wagering.
Item 2 includes making a threat or intimidating statement as
grounds for denial, suspension or revocation of an occupational
license.
Item 3 rescinds the labor organization registration rule which
the Commission has no statutory authority to enforce.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before February 29, 2000. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court Avenue, Suite B, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should
contact the Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on February 29, 2000, at
9 a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court Avenue,
Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public
hearing either orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 8.2(13),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Shall prohibit trifecta wagering on any contest with
seven six or fewer betting interests scheduled to start,
except in greyhound racing, or as provided in (1) below:
(1) Cancel trifecta. The stewards have the authority to
cancel trifecta wagering at any time they determine an irregular pattern of
wagering or determine that the conduct of the race would not be in the interest
of the regulation of the pari–mutuel wagering industry or in the public
confidence in racing. The stewards shall cancel trifecta wagering
anytime there are fewer than seven betting interests at the time the horses
leave the paddock for the post. The administrator
stewards may approve smaller fields for trifecta wagering if extraneous
circumstances are shown by the licensee.
(2) Reserved.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 13.10(8) as
follows:
13.10(8) Illegal sale, possession, receipt or use of a
controlled substance; intoxication; use of profanity; fighting; making
threatening or intimidating statements or engaging in threatening or
intimidating behavior; or any conduct of a disorderly nature on association
grounds.
ITEM 3. Rescind and reserve rule
491—13.14(99D, 99F).
ARC 9642A
SCHOOL BUDGET REVIEW
COMMITTEE[289]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Executive Order Number 11, the
State Board of Education hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter
8, “Uniform Waiver Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter describes the procedures for applying for and
issuing or denying waivers from Board rules. The purpose of this chapter is to
comply with Executive Order Number 11, which requires all state agencies to
adopt a general waiver of rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000. A public hearing will be held on
February 29, 2000, at 2 p.m. in the State Board Room, Grimes State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa. Interested persons may submit written or oral
comments by contacting Ann McCarthy, Office of the Director, Department of
Education, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0146;
telephone: (515)281–5296; E–mail:
ann.mccarthy@ed.state.ia.us.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 8
UNIFORM WAIVER RULES
289—8.1(ExecOrd11) Applicability. This chapter
outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers from rules implemented by
the department of education. The intent of this chapter is to allow persons to
seek exceptions to the application of rules to the extent allowed by this
chapter and state and federal law.
8.1(1) Definitions.
“Board” means the school budget review
committee.
“Director” means the director of the department of
education.
“Person” means individual, school corporation,
government or governmental subdivision or agency, nonpublic school, partnership
or association, or any legal entity.
8.1(2) Authority.
a. A waiver from rules adopted by the board may be granted in
accordance with this chapter if: (1) the board or the state board of education
has exclusive rule–making authority to promulgate the rule from which
waiver is requested or has final decision–making authority over a
contested case in which a waiver is requested; and (2) no statute or rule
otherwise controls the grant of a waiver from the rule from which waiver is
requested.
b. No waiver may be granted from a requirement that is imposed
by statute. Any waiver must be consistent with statute.
289—8.2(ExecOrd11) Board discretion. The
decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be
made at the discretion of the board upon consideration of all relevant
factors.
8.2(1) The board may, in response to a completed
petition or on its own motion, grant a waiver from a rule, in whole or in part,
as applied to the circumstances of a specified situation if the board finds each
of the following:
a. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
b. Waiver on the basis of the particular circumstances
relative to that specified person would be consistent with the public interest;
and
c. Waiver in the specific case would not prejudice the
substantial legal rights of any person.
In determining whether waiver should be granted, the board
shall consider whether the underlying public interest policies and legislative
intent of the rules are substantially equivalent to full compliance with the
rule. When the rule from which a waiver is sought establishes administrative
deadlines, the board shall balance the special individual circumstances of the
petitioner with the overall goal of uniform treatment of all
constituents.
8.2(2) Special waiver rules not precluded. These
uniform waiver rules shall not preclude the board from granting waivers in other
contexts or on the basis of other standards if a statute or other department
rule authorizes the director to do so and the board deems it appropriate to do
so.
289—8.3(ExecOrd11) Requester’s
responsibilities in filing a waiver petition.
8.3(1) Application. All petitions for waiver must be
submitted in writing to the School Budget Review Committee, Grimes State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0146. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, a copy of the petition shall also be filed in the
contested case proceeding.
8.3(2) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
shall include the following information where applicable and known to the
requester (for an example of a petition for waiver see Exhibit A at the end of
this chapter):
a. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
b. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and operative period that the waiver will extend.
c. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver.
d. This statement shall include a signed statement from the
petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition and a
statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity or grant affected by the proposed
waiver, including a description of each affected item held by the requester, any
notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating
to the regulated activity or grant within the last five years.
f. A detailed statement of the impact on student achievement
for any person affected by the grant of a waiver.
g. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
h. The name, address and telephone number of any public agency
or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question, or which
might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
i. The name, address and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
j. The name, address and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
k. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
289—8.4(ExecOrd11) Burden of persuasion. The
petitioner shall assume the burden of persuasion when a petition is filed for a
waiver from a rule.
289—8.5(ExecOrd11) Notice. The board shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The board shall ensure that notice of the
pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the board may give
notice to other persons.
To accomplish this notice provision, the board may require the
petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is required by any
provision of law and provide a written statement to the department attesting
that notice has been provided.
289—8.6(ExecOrd11) Board responsibilities regarding
petition for waiver.
8.6(1) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver, the board may request additional information
from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding circumstances. If
the petition was not filed in a contested case, the board may, on its own motion
or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person
meeting between the petitioner and the board or the board’s
designee.
8.6(2) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply in
three situations: (1) to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested
case; (2) when the board so provides by rule or order; or (3) when a statute so
requires.
8.6(3) Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver
shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person and
rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a statement of the relevant
facts and the reasons upon which the action is based, and a description of the
precise scope and operative period of the waiver if one is issued.
8.6(4) Conditions. The board may condition the grant
of the waiver on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the
objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
8.6(5) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or deny
a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do so
within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
8.6(6) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board.
8.6(7) Service of order. Within seven days of
its issuance, any order issued under these uniform rules shall be transmitted to
the petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
289—8.7(ExecOrd11) Public availability. Subject
to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the board shall
maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers under these uniform
rules. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers shall be indexed
and available to the members of the public at the Iowa Department of Education,
Office of Director, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0146.
289—8.8(ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation. A
waiver is void if the material facts upon which the request is based are not
true or if material facts have been withheld. The board may at any time cancel
a waiver upon appropriate notice if the board finds that the facts as stated in
the request are not true, material facts have been withheld, the alternative
means of compliance provided in the waiver have failed to achieve the objectives
of the statute, or the requester has failed to comply with the conditions of the
order.
289—8.9(ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver approval is the equivalent of violation of the
particular rule for which the waiver is granted and is subject to the same
remedies or penalties.
289—8.10(ExecOrd11) Defense. After the board
issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and
the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains
in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
289—8.11(ExecOrd11,17A) Appeals. Granting or
denying a request for waiver is final agency action under Iowa Code chapter 17A.
An appeal to district court shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the
ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or
statute.
289—8.12(ExecOrd11) Exception. These rules do
not apply to specific waiver provisions adopted in other chapters.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11.
Exhibit A
Sample Petition (Request) for Waiver
BEFORE THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
|
Petition by (insert name of petitioner) for the waiver of
(insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter)
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER
|
Requests for waiver from a board rule shall include the
following information in the petition for waiver where applicable and
known:
a. Provide the petitioner’s (person asking for a waiver)
name, address, and telephone number.
b. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver is
requested.
c. Describe the specific waiver requested, include the exact
scope and time period that the waiver will extend.
d. Explain the important facts that the petitioner believes
justify a waiver. Include in your answer why (1) applying the rule will result
in hardship/injustice to the petitioner; (2) granting a waiver or variance to
the petitioner is consistent with the public interest; and (3) granting the
waiver will not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person.
e. Provide history of prior contacts between the board and
petitioner relating to the regulated activity or grant that would be affected by
the waiver; include a description of each affected license or grant held by the
petitioner, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the regulated activity, license, or grant within the last
five years.
f. Provide a detailed statement of the impact on student
achievement for any person affected by the grant of a waiver.
g. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
h. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question, or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
i. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected or disadvantaged by the grant
of the waiver.
j. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant or important facts relating to the
requested waiver.
k. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
_____________________ ____________________
Petitioner’s signature Date
Petitioner should note the following when requesting or
petitioning for a waiver:
1. The petitioner has the burden of proving to the director:
(a) application of the rule to the petitioner would result in hardship or
injustice to the petitioner; (b) waiver on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to the petitioner would be consistent with the public
interest; and (c) waiver in the specific case would not prejudice the
substantial legal rights of any person.
2. The board or the board’s designee may request
additional information from or request an informal meeting with the petitioner
prior to issuing an order granting or denying a request for waiver.
3. All petitions for waiver must be submitted in writing to
the School Budget Review Committee, Iowa Department of Education, Grimes State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0146. If the petition relates to
a pending contested case, a copy of the petition shall also be filed in the
contested case proceeding.
ARC 9677A
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Executive Order Number 11, the
Treasurer of State hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 19,
“Waiver of Administrative Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
On January 21, 2000, the Treasurer of State approved the
proposed new rule which allows for waivers in compliance with Executive Order
Number 11 and is intended to provide greater access to Iowa state government
programs and services.
Written comments concerning the proposed rule will be accepted
until 4:30 p.m. on March 3, 2000. Interested persons may submit written or oral
comments by contacting Bret L. Mills, Deputy Treasurer, Office of Treasurer of
State, State Capitol Building, Room 114, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; telephone
(515)281–8261; E–mail bmills@max.state.ia.us.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed rule
will be held at 10 a.m. on March 3, 2000, at the above address in the Office of
Treasurer of State, State Capitol Building, Room 114. Individuals interested in
providing comments at the hearing should contact Bret Mills at (515)
281–8261 by 4 p.m. on March 2, 2000, to be placed on the hearing
agenda.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A and
Executive Order Number 11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 19
WAIVER OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES
781—19.1(17A,ExecOrd11) Requests for waiver of
rules. Requests for waiver of a rule of the Treasurer of State[781] of the
Iowa Administrative Code shall be made to the Office of Treasurer of State,
State Capitol Building, Room 114, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
19.1(1) Waivers from agency rules shall not be granted
unless the following circumstances are met:
a. The agency has exclusive rule–making authority to
promulgate the rule from which waiver is requested; and
b. No statute or rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver
from the rule from which waiver is requested.
19.1(2) The person that requests waiver of the rule
must provide clear and convincing evidence that:
a. Compliance with the rule will create an undue hardship on
the person requesting the waiver.
b. Substantially equal protection of health and safety will be
afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which
the waiver is requested.
c. The waiver will not harm other persons and will not
adversely affect the public interest.
19.1(3) The treasurer shall grant or deny the waiver
within 60 days of the date the request is filed with the agency after review and
recommendation of the division or program administrator. A denial of a request
for a waiver is absolutely final and is not appealable. The treasurer shall
deny the request for waiver of a state or federal statute. If the request for
waiver relates to a time requirement of a rule, the request must be received
before the time specified in the rule has expired. The treasurer may deny the
request if the request does not comply with the provisions of this
rule.
19.1(4) Waivers are granted at the complete discretion
of the treasurer after consideration of all relevant factors including, but not
limited to, the following:
a. The need of the person or entity directly affected by the
exception. Exceptions will be granted only in cases of extreme need.
b. Whether there are exceptional circumstances justifying an
exception to the general rule applicable in otherwise similar
circumstances.
c. Whether granting the exception would result in a net
savings to the state or promote efficiency in the administration of programs or
service delivery. Net savings or efficiency will make an exception more
likely.
d. In the case of services, assistance, or grants, whether
other possible sources have been exhausted. Exceptions will not generally be
granted if other sources are available.
e. The cost of the exception to the state and availability of
funds in the department’s budget.
19.1(5) All requests for waiver must substantially
conform to the following form:
(Name of person requesting waiver)
|
}
|
REQUEST FOR WAIVER OF
(Specify rule for which waiver
is requested)
|
Reasons for requesting waiver:
Name, address, telephone number and signature of person
submitting waiver request.
The specific rule to which an exception is requested or the
substance thereof.
The specific waiver requested.
The nature of the waiver requested, including any alternative
means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the
purpose of the rule.
19.1(6) The treasurer may condition the grant of a
waiver on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of
the particular rule in question through alternative means.
19.1(7) A waiver is void if the material facts upon
which the request is based are not true or if material facts have been withheld.
The treasurer may, at any time, cancel a waiver upon appropriate notice if the
treasurer finds the facts as stated in the request appear not true, material
facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the
waiver has failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the person
requesting the waiver has failed to comply with conditions set forth in the
waiver approval.
19.1(8) All grants of waivers shall be indexed and
available to members of the public in the Office of Treasurer of State, State
Capitol Building, Room 114, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A and
Executive Order Number 11.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
January 1, 1999 — January 31, 1999 6.75%
February 1, 1999 — February 28, 1999 6.75%
March 1, 1999 — March 31, 1999 6.75%
April 1, 1999 — April 30, 1999 7.00%
May 1, 1999 — May 31, 1999 7.25%
June 1, 1999 — June 30, 1999 7.25%
July 1, 1999 — July 31, 1999 7.50%
August 1, 1999 — August 31, 1999 8.00%
September 1, 1999 — September 30, 1999 8.00%
October 1, 1999 — October 31, 1999 8.00%
November 1, 1999 — November 30, 1999 8.00%
December 1, 1999 — December 31, 1999 8.00%
January 1, 2000 — January 31, 2000 8.00%
February 1, 2000 — February 29, 2000 8.25%
ARC 9664A
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 474.5, 476.1, and
476.2(1), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on January 18, 2000, the
Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–00–1, In re: Rule
Waivers. The Board is proposing to rescind current 199—1.3(17A,474)
and replace it with a new rule 199—1.3(17A,474,476). The Board is also
proposing to add a new subrule 2.2(17).
The Board’s proposed new waiver rule is intended to
improve its existing waiver rule by implementation of changes in Governor
Vilsack’s Executive Order 11, issued September 14, 1999, which requires
each agency to initiate rule–making proceedings to adopt the uniform
waiver rule contained in the executive order.
The Board has had a waiver rule, which has functioned well for
many years. The Board has issued many waivers pursuant to the rule currently in
effect. The Board has successfully handled hundreds of waivers between 1988 and
1998. Most waiver requests were granted, and the Board issued some waivers
without request when it was appropriate. Therefore, the Board wants to ensure
that any modifications to the current rule improve it. The Board has tried to
make the new rule as simple as possible, both in language and
function.
The uniform rule in the executive order contains many useful
sections, which the Board is proposing to incorporate. It also contains
sections which are not applicable to the Board’s process and are
unnecessary. The Board has modified or eliminated those sections.
The uniform waiver rule contains standards which an agency
must use when deciding whether it may or must grant a waiver request. The Board
believes it would be useful to add these standards to its waiver rule. However,
the language has been simplified and modified to reflect several differences
specific to the Board. First, requests for waivers before the Board are not
usually made by a separate petition. Requests are most often made in another
pleading in an already existing docket. In addition, the requesting party may
not always be the person who benefits from the waiver. For example, a utility
company may request a waiver to benefit a class of customers. The uniform rule
has been modified to reflect these differences.
In addition, with respect to the mandatory waiver requirement
in uniform rule section II.B, the Board believes that any requester who is able
to meet the standard in section II.B would also be able to satisfy the three
criteria in II.A. Therefore, the Board believes II.B is superfluous, and is not
proposing to include it. In addition, the Board believes waiver of its rules
should be discretionary and not mandatory. Section II.B has not been included
in the proposed rule.
Paragraph II.C of the uniform rule is always true, and does
not need to be stated in the rule. Paragraphs II.D and II.E are not
needed.
Section III of the uniform rule contains procedures for
granting waivers. The Board has included parts of this section in its proposed
waiver rule, and in the proposed new waiver request form. The section was
modified in several respects. The language was simplified wherever possible.
In most cases, a waiver request will be made in another pleading in an already
existing docket. There is normally no separate proceeding regarding the waiver
request. For this reason, the Board will already have much of the information,
and it does not need to be stated in the rule or in the waiver request. The
Board does not need some of the information contained in the uniform rule to
evaluate the request. The Board recognizes there may be instances where persons
requesting a waiver may be unfamiliar with the Board’s processes, or may
wish to initiate a waiver request in a separate proceeding. For this reason,
the Board proposes to offer requesters a choice of using the waiver request form
in new subrule 199 IAC 2.2(17), or of submitting their request as a part of
another pleading, as has been done most often in the past.
Section III has also been modified to reflect that notice of
any waiver request or order granting or denying a waiver request will have
already been given to other parties in the docket. It is inherent in the
Board’s authority to be able to request additional information, and this
does not need to be stated in the rule. In addition, the Board publishes a
weekly list of all orders issued by the Board and all filings made by parties.
This list is provided to subscribers who include utility companies, the Office
of Consumer Advocate, Division of the Department of Justice, and any others who
have requested it. The list is also published on the Board’s Web site.
Therefore, anyone who wishes to know whether any waiver requests have been filed
or any orders granting or denying a waiver request issued may obtain the
information easily and quickly. The Board has never had a problem in the past
with implementation of its waiver rule.
Paragraph III.E requires orders granting waivers to describe
the precise scope and operative period of the waiver. This is included in the
Board’s proposed rule. The remainder of paragraph III.E is not needed, as
waiver requests are always granted or denied by written Board order, and there
has never been a problem with timeliness of issuance. Paragraph III.F is not
needed, because Board orders are always sent to the petitioner and all other
parties in the docket. The Board will comply with paragraph III.G, but it is
not necessary that this be stated in the rule. Paragraphs III.H and III.I are
not needed to be stated in the rule.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4(1)“a” and
“b,” any interested person may file a written statement of position
pertaining to the proposed amendments. The statement must be filed on or before
February 29, 2000, by filing an original and ten copies in a form substantially
complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written statements should clearly state the
author’s name and address and should make specific reference to this
docket. All communications should be directed to the Executive Secretary,
Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
If requested pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b,” or on its own motion after reviewing the statements,
the Board will determine whether an opportunity for oral presentation should be
provided.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
474, and 476.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind 199—1.3(17A,474)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
199—1.3(17A,474,476) Waivers. In response to a
request, or on its own motion, the board may grant a waiver from a rule adopted
by the board, in whole or in part, as applied to a specific set of
circumstances, if the board finds that:
1. Application of the rule would result in hardship or
injustice; and
2. The waiver would be consistent with the public interest;
and
3. The waiver would not prejudice the substantial legal rights
of any person.
A waiver may be granted at the discretion of the board upon
consideration of all relevant factors.
Persons requesting a waiver may use the form provided in
199—subrule 2.2(17), or may submit their request as a part of another
pleading.
The waiver shall describe its precise scope and operative
period. The board may condition the grant of the waiver on such reasonable
conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of the particular rule in
question. The board may at any time cancel a waiver upon appropriate notice and
opportunity for hearing.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.4,
474.5, 476.1, and 476.2(1).
ITEM 2. Amend 199—2.2(17A,474) by
adopting the following new subrule:
2.2(17) Waiver request.
STATE OF IOWA BEFORE THE IOWA UTILITIES BOARD
|
(insert case title)
|
}
|
DOCKET NO. (insert docket
no.) WAIVER REQUEST
|
COMES NOW (insert name of person requesting the waiver), and
files this request for a waiver, and in support states:
1. A citation to the specific rule the requester wants to be
waived.
2. The scope and operative period of the waiver.
3. The requester must show that under the circumstances
described in this paragraph: (a) application of the rule would result in
hardship or injustice; and (b) the waiver would be consistent with the public
interest; and (c) the waiver would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of
any person.
4. Persons who may be adversely impacted by the grant of the
waiver, if known.
WHEREFORE, (insert name of requester) prays the board grant
the request for a waiver of the rule specified above.
Respectfully submitted,
_________________________
(signature of requester)
(name)
(address and ZIP code)
ARC 9663A
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 477C.4, the Utilities Board
(Board) gives notice that on January 20, 2000, the Board issued an order in
Docket No. RMU–00–2, In re: Equipment Distribution Program.
The Board is proposing to amend 199 IAC 37.2(1)“b,” 37.2(3),
37.3(1), 37.3(5), 37.3(6), 37.3(8), 37.4(477C), and 37.5(1). 199 IAC Chapter 37
contains the rules for the Equipment Distribution Program (EDP), which provides
assistive telecommunications devices for hearing– and
speech–impaired individuals.
The EDP is a voucher program, with the standard amount of the
voucher set at 95 percent of the average retail market price for the piece of
equipment that costs up to $1,000 (99 percent for over $1,000). The Board is
concerned that there are individuals who cannot afford the copayment required by
the rules. Therefore, a hardship provision is added to 199 IAC
37.2(1)“b” to handle such instances on a case–by–case
basis.
Subrule 37.2(3) currently provides 60 days for the purchase of
equipment to be completed, with an additional 20 days for the vendor to return
the voucher to the program administrator. There have been problems with voucher
recipients not turning in their vouchers to a dealer until the end of the 60
days, giving the dealer very little time to obtain the equipment if it is not in
stock or must be back–ordered. Thus, many waivers of this rule were
necessary, which meant Board intervention. The rule change increases the total
number of days to process the voucher from 100 to 120 days. The applicant is
given 40 days to return the voucher to the dealer, giving the dealer 60 days to
get the equipment to the applicant and return the voucher to the administrator.
The amendment also provides the program administrator with limited authority to
extend two of the deadlines.
Subrule 37.3(1) currently requires applicants requesting
equipment to have an appropriate professional verify their need for equipment.
The rule does not differentiate between initial application and reapplication
(the current reapplication waiting period is three years, although these rules
propose to increase the reapplication period to five years). In most cases, it
is unlikely that the person’s impairment has changed since the first
verification. These persons should not be burdened with obtaining a second
professional verification when reapplying for equipment. The proposed change
removes the requirement that a verification of need be signed by an appropriate
professional in cases of reapplication. The exception to this is when a
person’s condition has changed from the previous application and the
person reapplies for a different category of equipment than originally received.
The Board is also proposing a change in the first sentence to correct the
grammar.
Current subrule 37.3(5) limits each household to a voucher for
one type of equipment or equipment package. However, there are situations where
both a deaf and a hard of hearing individual may live in the same household.
These two disabilities require different equipment, so the Board proposes to
change the rule to accommodate both disabilities.
Subrule 37.3(6) provides for equipment replacement. Most
equipment that Iowa’s program distributes has a relatively long life span.
Upon researching other state’s programs and discussing the issue with
other state EDP administrators at the conference for the national equipment
distribution organization, Telecommunications Equipment Distribution Program
Administrators (TEDPA), the consensus was that the assistive equipment has a
life span of at least five years and, if properly cared for, even longer. Most
states provide that equipment may be replaced after not less than five years.
Iowa’s program has the shortest period of three years. This proposal
would change Iowa’s reapplication period from three to five
years.
In addition, if a person wishes to reapply before the
reapplication period expires, the current rule requires a waiver to be given by
the Board. The program administrator is in a better position to determine the
need for replacement equipment prior to the end of the normal replacement
period. The second change to subrule 37.3(6) would give the authority to the
program administrator to determine the appropriateness of the
reapplication.
Rule 199 IAC 37.3(477C) sets eligibility criteria for
applicants to be eligible to receive assistance from the program. Subrule
37.3(8) sets a household income limit. The current rule contains an income
limit of $45,000 for a family of four. The Board believes that a set income
limit should be stated in the rules, it should be based on the median family
income, and it should be an amount high enough to accommodate increases which
will occur in the next three to four years.
Since the rule is expected to be effective for several years,
the Board is proposing that the income limit in the rules be $30,000 for a
family of one, with an increase of $9,000 for each additional family member.
The income limit for a family of four would be $57,000. These limits are based
on a report generated by the Department of Human Services to determine
eligibility for its various programs. Their source is the Census Bureau’s
report that shows the Iowa median income for the year 2000 for a family of one
is $26,927, and for a family of four is $51,782. The Census Bureau report
showed an Iowa median income level in 1999 of $25,047 for a family of one and
$48,167 for a family of four. For each additional person in the family up to
six people, the limit is increased by $8,285 for the year 2000. For 1999, the
increase was $7,707 for each additional person.
Rule 199 IAC 37.4(477C) gives examples of the types of
equipment distributed through the program. The last sentence states that a
limited number of telebraillers are available. However, telebraillers are no
longer being manufactured and are virtually impossible to obtain. Since
telebraillers are, in effect, not available, there has been some attempt to fill
the void by other manufacturers, but it is an evolving process. Currently,
there are some telecommunications devices called braille phones that are
available for use by deaf/blind individuals. Braille phones are quite costly,
as were the telebraillers, with a price of over $6,000. These may or may not be
the ultimate replacement for telebraillers. Since equipment for these
individuals is an evolving process, put–ting a named piece of equipment in
the rule should be avoided. Therefore, the language is proposed to be changed
from “telebraillers” to “telecommunications devices for the
deaf/blind.”
The Board proposes to revise subrule 37.5(1) to clarify that a
person with a complaint may also go to the Board with the person’s
complaint. The intent is to treat complaints under the Equipment Distribution
Program the same as utility customer complaints under the Board’s
complaint procedures if the program administrator is unable to resolve
complaints informally. Also, many deaf individuals may have difficulty writing
their complaint, as English may not be their first language (i.e., American Sign
Language is their primary language). To simplify the process, wording has been
added to the rule to specify that complainants may state their complaints
verbally as well as in writing. Finally, the proposed change provides that
informal settlement should be attempted to be completed within 45 days. This
requirement will help to avoid any long delays in resolving a complaint. If the
complaint cannot be resolved through the informal process within 45 days, the
complainant may submit the complaint to the Board for resolution.
Any interested person may file a written statement of position
on the proposed amendments no later than March 10, 2000, by filing an original
and ten copies in a form substantially complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All
written statements should include the author’s name and address and should
specifically refer to this docket. All statements should be directed to the
Executive Secretary, Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0069.
If requested pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b,” or on its own motion after reviewing the statements,
the Board will determine whether an opportunity for oral presentation should be
provided.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
477C.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph
37.2(1)“b” as follows:
b. The standard amount shall be 95 percent of the average
retail market price for the piece of equipment, unless the retail market price
is more than $1,000, in which case the standard amount shall be 99 percent of
the average retail market price. The standard amount may be increased to 100
percent if a person demonstrates to the program administrator that the person is
unable to pay the matching amount.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 37.2(3) as
follows:
37.2(3) Term. The vouchers shall provide for a
40–day period to present the voucher to the vendor. The vendor, upon
presentation of the voucher, shall have 60–day period
60 days to complete the sale and delivery of the equipment
purchase, a 20–day period for the vendor to and to
return the voucher to the program administrator. , and
The program administrator shall have a 20–day
period 20 days for the program administrator to
process and return the voucher to the board for payment. The program
administrator, for good cause shown, may extend either the 40– or
60–day deadline, provided the voucher is returned to the board for payment
within 120 days from the issuance of the voucher. Except for good cause
shown, the vendor will not be reimbursed for a voucher issued more than
100 120 days before the voucher is returned to the board
for payment.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 37.3(1) as
follows:
37.3(1) The applicant’s need for the equipment
must be verified by an appropriate professional, including but not limited to a
licensed physician; certified teacher in the fields of hearing, speech, or
visually impaired visual impairment; speech pathologist;
audiologist; or an appropriate state or federal agency representative, as part
of the initial application. At the time of reapplication for
equipment, the applicant must submit a statement certifying the
applicant’s condition has not changed to the extent that a different type
of equipment is needed. If an applicant’s condition has changed to
the extent a different type of equipment is needed from that originally
received, the applicant’s need must be verified by an appropriate
professional.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 37.3(5) as
follows:
37.3(5) The applicant will be limited to a voucher for
one type of equipment or equipment package per household.
If there are individuals in the same household who have different
communication impairments that require different types of assistive
telecommunications equipment, the individuals may make a joint or separate
request to the equipment distribution program administrator. The administrator
may grant those portions of the requests that satisfy the eligibility
requirements in this rule.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 37.3(6) as
follows:
37.3(6) Equipment may be replaced under the program by
reapplication as appropriate. , but a change in the nature of the
equipment for the repeat applicant will require board approval.
Reapplication will be limited by a three five–year
waiting period. The reapplication period will be subject to
waiver may be shortened by the program administrator for good
cause shown.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 37.3(8) as
follows:
37.3(8) An applicant’s gross household income
must be less than $45,000 $57,000 for a family of four.
Household numbers above or below four will increase or decrease that amount in
$5,000 $9,000 increments.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 199—37.4(477C)
as follows:
199—37.4(477C) Equipment. The board will
authorize the types of equipment to be distributed through the program,
including but not limited to telecommunications devices for the deaf with
printers, signalers, amplifiers, computer software, and a limited number of
telebraillers telecommunications devices for the
deaf/blind.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 37.5(1) as
follows:
37.5(1) The program administrator will make
determinations concerning matters such as eligibility, type of equipment for
particular applicants, or reimbursement of vendors.
a. The administrator, after requiring interested persons to
state verbally or in writing any complaint or dispute arising under the
equipment distribution program, shall attempt to settle the matter informally
within 45 days.
b. Within 14 days of determining that
Should the informal dispute resolution process has
failed fail, the program administrator shall serve a
proposed resolution in writing on all interested persons and provide a copy to
the board. the complaint may be submitted to the board by the
complainant and will be processed by the project manager as provided for utility
customers in 199 IAC Chapter 6. The complaint will be directed to the program
administrator with a copy to the Consumer Advocate. The board staff assigned to
the equipment distribution program will then issue a proposed resolution as
defined in 199 IAC 6.4(476).
c. The proposed resolution shall include a description of the
facts involved in the dispute and a clear statement of the proposed
resolution.
d. The proposed resolution shall also give notice that any
interested person dissatisfied with the proposed resolution has 14 days after
the issuance of the proposed resolution to file a written request for formal
complaint proceedings before the Iowa Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0069. If no timely request for formal complaint
proceedings is filed, the proposed resolution shall be deemed binding on all
interested persons served with the proposed resolution. The request for formal
complaint proceedings shall be considered as filed on the date of the United
States Postal Service postmark or the date personal service is made.
ARC 9687A
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD/SERVICES
DIVISION[877]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 84A.1B(9) and
96.11, the Department of Workforce Development hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 1, “Workforce Development Board,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
On January 21, 2000, the Workforce Development Board approved
the proposed amendments. The amendments add a representative of Iowa’s
independent colleges and universities as an ex officio member, change the
address where rec–ords are stored, and define how the Department and Board
will provide information to the Department of Corrections and respond to
inquiries concerning private sector employment projects and construction and
maintenance projects of the Department of Corrections.
Written comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting JoAnn Callison, Department of Workforce
Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;E–mail:
joann.s.callison@iwd.state.ia.us; telephone (515)
242–0057.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held at 1 p.m. on February 29, 2000, at the above address in
the Labor Conference Room, Third Floor West. Individuals interested in
providing comments at the hearing should contact Paula Nissen at
(515)281–0252 by 4 p.m. on February 28, 2000, to be placed on the hearing
agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
84A.1 to 84A.1B and Iowa Code chapter 96.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 1.1(2) as
follows:
1.1(2) Nonvoting members. The board consists of seven
ex officio, nonvoting members. Of the seven members, four members shall be
members of the general assembly; one member shall be a president or
president’s designee of one of the three state universities, designated by
the board of regents on a rotating basis; one member shall represent the largest
statewide public employees’ organization representing state employees;
and one shall be a superintendent or superintendent’s
designee of a community college, appointed by the Iowa association of community
college presidents; and one member shall represent the independent colleges
and universities in Iowa.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 877—1.4(84A) as
follows:
877—1.4(84A) Records. Agendas, minutes, and
materials presented to the board are available from the Policy Office,
Department of Workforce Development, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50309 Division of Policy and Information, Iowa Workforce
Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, except those
records concerning closed sessions which are exempt from disclosure under Iowa
Code subsection 21.5(4) or which are otherwise confidential by law. Board
records contain information about persons who participate in meetings. This
information is collected pursuant to Iowa Code section 21.3 and subsection
96.11(5). These records are not stored in an automated data processing system
and may not be retrieved by a personal identifier. Rule–making records
may contain information about persons making written or oral comments on
proposed rules. This information is collected pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.4. These records are not stored in an automated data processing system and
may not be retrieved by a personal identifier.
ITEM 3. Amend 877—Chapter 1 by
adopting the following new rules:
877—1.5(84A) Coordination with the department of
corrections on private sector employment projects. To assist the department
of corrections with programs that employ prisoners in the private sector, the
department of workforce development shall be responsible for coordinating the
following process:
1.5(1) Prior to an employer’s submitting an
application to the department of corrections for a private sector employment
project, the employer shall place with the nearest workforce development center
a job order with a duration of at least 30 days. The job order shall be listed
statewide in all centers and on the department of workforce development’s
jobs Internet site.
1.5(2) The department of corrections shall send a
letter requesting verification of the employer’s 30–day job listing,
the average wage rate for the job(s) the prisoners will perform, the current
unemployment rate in the county where the employer is located, and the current
employment level of the company that will employ the prisoners. The letter
should be sent to Division Administrator, Division of Policy and Information,
Iowa Workforce Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319.
1.5(3) The department of workforce development shall
verify in writing the job listing, including the number of qualified applicant
referrals and hires made as a result of the job order, the average
entry–level wage rate for the proposed job(s), the entry–level wage
range, the current unemployment rate for the county where the employer is
located, and the current employment levels of the company that will employ the
prisoners based upon the most recent quarter for which data is available. The
average wage rate and wage range will be based on the appropriate geographic
area for which occupational wage information is available. The appropriate
geographic area may be statewide.
1.5(4) Average entry–level wage rates and
entry–level wage ranges for jobs currently held by prisoners and
employment levels of companies employing prisoners shall be updated by the
department of workforce development every six months upon the department of
corrections’ sending a letter listing all current companies employing
prisoners and the prisoners’ job classifications to Division
Administrator, Division of Policy and Information, Iowa Workforce Development,
1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
1.5(5) The department of workforce development shall
provide a periodic report to the state workforce development board regarding
information supplied to the department of corrections for private sector
employment projects. Frequency of the report will depend upon the level of
activity.
1.5(6) Inquiries concerning private sector employment
projects shall be in writing and address the following questions:
a. How the project is believed to violate the intent of Iowa
Code section 904.809;
b. Evidence of a local surplus of labor in the job
classifications of the type in which prisoners are employed; and
c. Whether private sector employees or employees involved in a
labor dispute have been displaced as a result of the project.
Inquiries shall be sent to Division Administrator, Division of
Policy and Information, Iowa Workforce Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319. A copy of the inquiry shall be sent to the department of
corrections. The administrative rules committee of the state workforce
development board shall review the inquiry and any additional responses or oral
testimony requested by the committee and make a recommendation to the full board
as to whether the intent of Iowa Code section 904.809 has or has not been met
and whether corrective action, if any, needs to be taken by the department of
corrections to meet the intent. At the discretion of the administrative rules
committee, oral presentations may be requested from the party(ies) to the
inquiry. The full board shall make a final recommendation within 60 days of
receipt of the inquiry. The board’s final recommendation shall be mailed
to both the department of corrections and the party(ies) making the
inquiry.
877—1.6(84A) Coordination with the department of
corrections on construction and maintenance projects. To assist the
department of corrections with the employment of prisoners on construction and
maintenance projects, the department of workforce development shall be
responsible for coordinating the following process:
1.6(1) Prior to an employer’s submitting an
application to the department of corrections for employing prisoners on a
construction or maintenance project, the employer shall place with the nearest
workforce development center a job order with a duration of at least 30 days.
The job order shall be listed statewide in all centers and on the department of
workforce development’s jobs Internet site.
1.6(2) The department of corrections shall send a
letter requesting verification of the employer’s 30–day job listing,
the average wage rate for the job(s) the prisoners will perform, the current
unemployment rate in the county where the employer is located, and the current
employment level of the company that will employ the prisoners. The letter
should be sent to Division Administrator, Division of Policy and Information,
Iowa Workforce Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319.
1.6(3) The department of workforce development shall
verify in writing the job listing, including the number of qualified applicant
referrals and hires made as a result of the job order, the average
entry–level wage rate for the proposed job(s), the entry–level wage
range, the prevailing wage as determined by the U.S. Department of Labor, the
current unemployment rate for the county where the employer is located, and the
current employment levels of the company that will employ the prisoners based
upon the most recent quarter for which data is available. The average
entry–level wage rate and entry–level wage range will be based on
the appropriate geographic area for which occupational wage information is
available. The appropriate geographic area may be statewide.
1.6(4) It is recommended that all prisoners employed
in construction and maintenance projects receive a ten–hour OSHA safety
course provided free of charge by the department of workforce development. The
department of workforce development will make every effort to conduct the
training within a reasonable time period after receipt of a request for
training.
1.6(5) If the contract to employ offender labor
exceeds six months, the department of corrections shall request and receive from
the department of workforce development the average wage rates and wage ranges
for jobs currently held by prisoners and current employment levels of companies
employing prisoners. The letter should be addressed to Division Administrator,
Division of Policy and Information, Iowa Workforce Development, 1000 East Grand
Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
1.6(6) The department of workforce development shall
provide a periodic report to the state workforce development board regarding
information supplied to the department of corrections for construction and
maintenance projects. Frequency of the report will depend upon the level of
activity.
1.6(7) Inquiries concerning construction and
maintenance projects performed by prisoners may be made by area workers, or
their representatives, that are affected by a project. Inquiries shall be in
writing and address the following questions:
a. How the project is believed to violate the intent of Iowa
Code sections 904.701 and 904.703;
b. Evidence of a local surplus of labor in the job
classifications of the type in which prisoners are employed;
c. Whether private sector employees or state, county or local
government employees or any employees involved in a labor dispute have been
displaced as a result of the project; and
d. Whether existing contracts for employment or services have
been impaired.
Inquiries shall be sent to Division Administrator, Division of
Policy and Information, Iowa Workforce Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319. A copy of the inquiry shall be sent to the department of
corrections. The administrative rules committee of the state workforce
development board shall review the inquiry and any additional responses or oral
testimony requested by the committee and make a recommendation to the full board
as to whether the intent of Iowa Code sections 904.701 and 904.703 has or has
not been met and whether corrective action, if any, needs to be taken by the
department of corrections to meet the intent. At the discretion of the
administrative rules committee, oral presentations may be requested from the
party(ies) to the inquiry. The full board shall make a final recommendation
within 60 days of receipt of the inquiry. The board’s final
recommendation shall be mailed to both the department of corrections and the
party(ies) making the inquiry.
ARC 9688A
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD/SERVICES
DIVISION[877]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 84A.1B(9) and
96.11, the Department of Workforce Development hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt Chapter 7, “Iowa Workforce Investment Act Program,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
On January 21, 2000, the Workforce Development Board approved
the proposed new chapter. The chapter provides local elected officials,
regional workforce investment board members and local workforce development
partners with the necessary policies and procedures to administer the Workforce
Investment Act of 1998 beginning July 1, 2000.
Written comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting JoAnn Callison, Department of Workforce
Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;E–mail
joann.s.callison@iwd.state.ia.us; telephone (515)
242–0057.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed new
chapter will be held at 1 p.m. on February 29, 2000, at the above address in the
Labor Conference Room, Third Floor West. Individuals interested in providing
comments at the hearing should contact Paula Nissen at (515)281–0252 by4
p.m. on February 28, 2000, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 84A.1
to 84A.1B, Iowa Code chapter 96, and the Workforce Investment Act of
1998.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 7
IOWA WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACT PROGRAM
877—7.1(84A,PL105–220) Designation of
responsibility. Through Executive Order Number One and Executive Order
Number Five, the department of workforce development was designated by the
governor as the department responsible for activities and services under the
Workforce Investment Act (WIA) of 1998 (P.L. 105–220).
877—7.2(84A,PL105–220) Purpose. The
purpose of the Iowa workforce investment Act program is to meet the needs of
businesses for skilled workers and the training, education and employment needs
of individuals through a statewide, one–stop workforce development center
system.
877—7.3(84A,PL105–220)
Definitions.
“Chief elected official board” means the units of
local government joined through an agreement for the purpose of sharing
liability and responsibility for programs funded by the Workforce Investment Act
of 1998.
“Contractor” means grantees, subrecipients,
coordinating service providers, and service providers.
“Coordinating service provider” means the entity
or consortium of entities selected by the regional workforce investment board
and the chief elected official board to coordinate partners within the workforce
development center system. The coordinating service provider is one of the
workforce development center system partners.
“Department” means the department of workforce
development.
“Director” means the director of the department of
workforce development.
“Local elected official” means the county
supervisors and mayors of a region’s cities with a population of more than
50,000.
“Local grant recipient” means the chief elected
official board.
“Mandatory partners” means the service providers
that make their services available through the workforce development center
system and use a portion of their resources to support the operation of the
regional workforce development center system and the delivery of core services
to their customers. Entities that carry out the following federal programs are
required to make their services available through the workforce development
center system: Wagner–Peyser Act; Unemployment Insurance; Senior Community
Service Employment Activities – Title V Older Americans Act; Adult Ed and
Literacy Activities – Title II; Title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973;
Welfare to Work; Veterans Services under Chapter 41, Title 38; Employment and
Training Activities under Community Block Grants; HUD Employment and Training
Activities; and postsecondary Vocational Education Activities under the Carl
Perkins Act. In addition, those entities selected to provide Workforce
Investment Act funded services for adults, dislocated workers and youth are
mandatory partners, as are service providers for Native American programs,
migrant and farm worker programs, veterans workforce programs, and Job
Corps.
“Regional workforce investment board” means a
board established according to 877—Chapter 6, “Regional Advisory
Boards,” Iowa Administrative Code.
“Subrecipient” means an entity selected by the
chief elected official board to receive the Workforce Investment Act funds in a
region from the department and disburse those funds to the entity(ies)
designated by the regional workforce investment board.
“Workforce development center system” means the
regional network of workforce development centers and access points for
workforce development services supported by the chief elected official board,
regional workforce investment board, partners, service providers, and vendors.
The system is focused on meeting the needs and priorities of the customer
through an integrated service delivery system based on interagency partnerships
and the sharing of resources.
“Workforce Investment Act of 1998,”
“WIA” or “the Act” means Public Law
105–220.
877—7.4(84A,PL105–220) Service delivery region
designations. The governor is responsible for the designation of workforce
investment regions with the assistance of the state workforce development board,
after consultation with the chief elected officials and after consideration of
comments received through a public comment process.
7.4(1) In making the designation of regions, the
governor shall take into consideration the following:
a. Geographic areas served by local educational agencies and
intermediate educational agencies;
b. Geographic areas served by postsecondary educational
institutions and vocational education schools;
c. The extent to which the regions are consistent with labor
market areas;
d. The distance that individuals will need to travel to
receive services provided in the regions; and
e. The resources of the areas that are available to
effectively administer the activities carried out through the workforce
development centers.
7.4(2) In order to initiate the designation process,
the governor shall publicly announce the proposed region designations after
receiving a recommendation from the state workforce development board. This
will begin a public comment period of two weeks, during which local elected
officials and other interested parties may comment on the proposed designations.
Due to state legislative limitations, the maximum number of regions that may be
designated is 16.
7.4(3) Any request from any unit of local government
with a population of 500,000 or more shall be approved by the governor. In
addition, the governor shall approve any requests from any unit of general local
government, or consortium of contiguous units of general local government, that
was a service delivery area under the federal Job Training Partnership Act,
provided that it is determined that the area performed successfully in each of
the last two program years and has sustained the fiscal integrity of funds. For
the purposes of this subrule, “performed successfully” means that
the service delivery area met or exceeded the performance for the following
performance standards as appropriate:
a. Title IIA: adult follow–up employment rate; adult
welfare follow–up employment rate; adult follow–up weekly earnings;
and adult welfare follow–up weekly earnings.
b. Title III: entered employment rate; and average wage at
placement.
Also for the purposes of this subrule, “sustained fiscal
integrity” means that the Secretary of the Department of Labor has not
made a final determination during any of the last three years that either the
grant recipient or administrative entity misspent funds due to willful disregard
of the requirements of the Job Training Partnership Act, gross negligence, or
failure to observe accepted standards of administration.
7.4(4) The final designation of the regions shall be
made by the governor once all comments have been received and
reviewed.
7.4(5) Any unit of general local government (or
consortium of contiguous units of general government) that requests, but is not
designated, a region under 7.4(3) may submit an appeal in accordance with the
provisions of 7.22(12).
877—7.5(84A,PL105–220) Chief elected official
board. Each region is required to form a chief elected official board made
up of representatives of the elected officials of local governments within the
region.
7.5(1) The board shall consist of a representative of
each county within a region and a representative of each of the region’s
cities with a population of 50,000 or more.
7.5(2) The board shall be formed through an agreement
that details how the responsibilities and liabilities related to WIA programs
will be shared by the local governments. At a minimum, the agreement must
contain the following items:
a. All elements of an agreement required by Iowa Code chapter
28E for joint exercise of governmental powers;
b. Process for selecting the chairperson;
c. Process for nominating and selecting appointments to the
regional workforce investment board;
d. Apportionment of responsibility and liability among
participating units of government, including losses, expenses and burdens that
may result from any misuse of WIA grant funds; and
e. Designation of an entity to serve as the local
subrecip–ient.
7.5(3) The fully executed agreement, or any amendments
to the agreement, must be filed with the secretary of state and the county
recorder of each county that is a party to the agreement. A copy of the
agreement and any amendments must also be sent to Division of Workforce
Development Center Administration, Department of Workforce Development, 150 Des
Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
7.5(4) The chief elected official board shall serve as
the local grant recipient and be liable for any misuse of WIA grant funds,
unless an agreement is reached with the department to act as the local grant
recipient and to bear such liability. The department shall only serve as a
region’s local grant recipient in rare or extreme circumstances.
7.5(5) The chief elected official boards have the
following roles and responsibilities:
a. Providing input to the governor, through the department and
state workforce development board, on designation of workforce investment
regions;
b. Securing nominations for regional workforce investment
board vacancies in accordance with 877—Chapter 6, “Regional Advisory
Boards,” Iowa Administrative Code;
c. Accepting liability for any misuse of WIA funds expended
under contract with the chief elected official board;
d. Developing and entering into a memorandum of agreement with
the region’s workforce development center system’s
partners;
e. Conducting oversight of the WIA adult and dislocated worker
services, youth programs, and the workforce development center system;
f. Evaluating service delivery to determine if regional needs
and priorities are being met;
g. Determining whether regional needs have changed and, if so,
whether a plan modification is necessary;
h. Ensuring that quality improvement is ongoing and
performance standards are met; and
i. Developing and submitting the regional workforce
development customer service plan based on a regional needs assessment and
analysis.
7.5(6) In partnership with the regional workforce
investment board, the chief elected official board is responsible for:
a. Negotiating and reaching agreement with the department on
regional performance standards;
b. Appointing a youth advisory council;
c. Determining the role of the coordinating service
provider;
d. Designating and certifying the coordinating service
provider; and
e. Developing a chief elected official – regional
workforce investment board agreement to detail how the two boards shall work
together in establishing and overseeing the region’s workforce development
center system, as defined in 877—7.7(84A,PL105–220).
877—7.6(84A,PL105–220) Regional workforce
investment board. Each region shall establish a regional workforce
investment board as defined in 877—Chapter 6, “Regional Advisory
Boards,” Iowa Administrative Code. The roles and responsibilities of the
regional workforce investment board include:
1. Selecting service providers for WIA adult and dislocated
worker intensive services and youth programs.
2. Establishing policy for the region’s workforce
development center system.
3. Developing a budget to carry out the duties of the board,
subject to the approval of the chief elected official board.
4. Coordinating WIA youth, adult and dislocated worker
employment and training activities with economic development strategies and
developing other employer linkages with these activities.
5. Promoting the participation of private sector employers in
the workforce development system and ensuring the availability of services to
assist such employers in meeting workforce development needs.
6. Certifying eligible training providers.
7. Determining the use of the strategic workforce development
fund, including the operation and funding of a summer or in–school youth
program(s), use of discretionary funds, and selection of service
providers.
8. Selecting the welfare–to–work service
provider.
9. Submitting an annual report to the state workforce
development board.
10. Establishing cooperative relationships with other boards
in the region.
11. Directing the activities of the youth advisory
council.
12. Duties shared with the chief elected official board as
outlined in subrule 7.5(6).
877—7.7(84A,PL105–220) Regional workforce
investment board/chief elected official board agreement. Each regional
workforce investment board and chief elected official board shall enter into an
agreement to define how they shall share certain responsibilities.
7.7(1) At a minimum, the agreement must include the
following elements:
a. How the coordinating service provider will be
selected;
b. How the boards will be involved in negotiations of
performance measures with the department;
c. How the boards will develop a memorandum of understanding
with the region’s workforce development center system’s
partners;
d. How the boards will develop and approve the regional
workforce development customer service plan;
e. How the boards will share the oversight of the workforce
development center system;
f. Process that will be used by the boards to appoint members
to the youth advisory council;
g. Process for modifying or amending the agreement;
h. Process to be used to develop an operating budget for the
regional workforce investment board and youth advisory council; and
i. Methods of communications between the two boards.
7.7(2) A fully executed copy, and any subsequent
modifications, of the agreement shall be submitted to Division of Workforce
Development Center Administration, Department of Workforce Development, 150 Des
Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
877—7.8(84A,PL105–220) Youth advisory
council. Each region must appoint a youth advisory council to provide
expertise and make recommendations regarding youth employment and training
policy.
7.8(1) The roles and responsibilities of the youth
advisory council, at the direction of the regional workforce investment board,
include the following:
a. Assist in the development of the regional customer service
plan relating to eligible youth;
b. Recommend and oversee youth service providers;
and
c. Coordinate youth activities funded under WIA.
7.8(2) Youth advisory council membership shall
include:
a. Members of the regional workforce investment board that
have a special interest or expertise in youth policy;
b. Individuals who represent youth service agencies, such as
juvenile justice and local law enforcement agencies;
c. Individuals who represent local public housing authorities,
if applicable;
d. Parents of youth eligible for WIA youth services or that
were served under a Job Training Partnership Act youth program;
e. Individuals with experience relating to youth
activities;
f. Former Job Training Partnership Act participants;
g. Representatives of the Job Corps, if Job Corps has an
office within the region; and
h. Any other individuals that the chairperson of the regional
workforce investment board, in cooperation with the chief elected official
board, determines to be appropriate.
7.8(3) The size of the youth council, the number of
representatives from each sector, term length, nomination process, and
county/city representation are decisions of the regional workforce investment
board and chief elected official board.
7.8(4) The regional workforce investment board shall
submit the name, mailing address, and sector affiliation of each youth advisory
council appointee to the department for mailing list purposes. The list, and
subsequent updates due to new appointments, shall be submitted to Division of
Workforce Development Center Administration, Department of Workforce
Development, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
877—7.9(84A,PL105–220) Selection of
coordinating service provider. To receive funds made available under Title
I of WIA, the regional workforce investment board, in agreement with the chief
elected official board, must designate an entity as the coordinating service
provider for the workforce investment region. In addition, the regional
workforce investment board must designate service providers for core and
intensive services for adults and dislocated workers, as well as a youth service
provider to provide day–to–day oversight of the youth program and to
provide eligibility determinations, enrollment, objective assessment and
individual service strategies for youth.
7.9(1) The regional workforce investment board and
chief elected official board must determine the role of the coordinating service
provider. At a minimum, the coordinating service provider’s roles and
responsibilities shall include the following:
a. Provide overall customer management and tracking, including
responsibility for results of enrollments.
b. Manage the workforce development center system in the
region, including workforce development center facilities, and ensure that
services are accessible and available in every county of the region.
c. Ensure workforce development center system partners’
compliance with the memorandum(s) of understanding.
d. Coordinate and negotiate the resource sharing
agreement.
e. Ensure that performance standards and customer satisfaction
goals for the region’s workforce development center system are
met.
f. Provide information and feedback to the regional workforce
investment board and chief elected official board concerning the delivery of the
services outlined in the customer service plan versus the needs and priorities
identified in the regional needs assessment and analysis.
g. Maintain, promote and market the regional workforce
development center system.
h. Develop and submit an annual progress report toward meeting
the needs and priorities identified in the regional needs assessment and
analysis to the regional workforce investment board.
i. May, as described in the memorandum(s) of understanding,
determine eligibility for training services.
7.9(2) The regional workforce investment board and
chief elected official board need to determine if they want to grandfather the
current coordinating service provider, based on the role that has been
determined. The boards also need to determine if the current coordinating
service provider desires to be grandfathered.
7.9(3) If the regional workforce investment board or
chief elected official board does not desire to grandfather the existing
coordinating service provider, or if the coordinating service provider members
do not desire to be grandfathered, then the service provider(s) needs to be
selected prior to the designation of the coordinating service
provider.
7.9(4) The coordinating service provider may be a
public or private entity of demonstrated effectiveness, or a consortium of
entities, located in the region. Eligible entities may include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. A postsecondary educational institution;
b. An employment service agency established under the
Wagner–Peyser Act;
c. A private nonprofit organization (including
acommunity–based organization);
d. A private, for–profit entity;
e. A government agency; or
f. Another interested organization (includes a local chamber
of commerce or other business organization).
Elementary schools and secondary schools are the only entities
not eligible for designation or certification as a coordinating service
provider. However, nontraditional public secondary schools and area vocational
schools are eligible for designation.
7.9(5) To designate a coordinating service provider,
the regional workforce investment board must utilize one of the three processes
listed below. More than one option may be pursued concurrently.
a. An agreement with the governor to designate the
coordinating service provider that was in place on August 7, 1998. In order to
utilize this option, the chairpersons of the regional workforce investment board
and chief elected official board must provide a written notice to the department
indicating that both boards have taken appropriate action and desire to pursue
this option.
b. A competitive process. At a minimum, the competitive
process to designate the coordinating service provider shall include the
following:
(1) Public notice. A public notice shall be published in one
of the official county newspapers, as designated by the county board of
supervisors. The public notice must indicate that both boards shall hold a
joint meeting to select the coordinating service provider(s) for the region.
The notice must list the criteria that will be used in the selection of the
coordinating service provider(s). The notice must also require that written
proposals be submitted by a specific date and invite interested entities to give
presentations and answer questions relating to the selection criteria in 7.9(6)
at the joint public meeting. Notices must also be mailed to potentially
interested entities within the region.
(2) Public meeting. Since both boards must agree on the
designation of the coordinating service provider, at a minimum, the boards shall
jointly conduct a public meeting to review the written proposals received,
obtain any additional information from entities submitting written proposals,
and reach an agreement as to the selection(s).
c. An agreement between the regional workforce investment
board and a consortium of entities that, at a minimum, includes three or more of
the required partners. In order to utilize this option, at a minimum, the
regional workforce investment board and chief elected official board shall
notify all partners that they are willing to consider proposals from mandatory
partners and hold an open meeting to obtain input and finalize the
action.
7.9(6) The following criteria are suggested for use in
the selection of a coordinating service provider:
a. The effectiveness of the agency or organization in
delivering comparable or related services based on documentation of achievement
of performance and service level requirements, previous audit and monitoring
reports, and capability of the agency’s fiscal unit to manage a similar
type of program or project;
b. The likelihood of meeting program goals based upon factors
such as past performance, staff commitment, and availability and location of
staff;
c. The effectiveness of the agency or organization in
minimizing the duplication of services, while at the same time maximizing the
coordination with other agencies and organizations to provide the highest
quality activities and services to the participants in the programs;
and
d. Other criteria as determined by both boards.
877—7.10(84A,PL105–220) Selection of service
providers. Core and intensive services for the adult program and the
dislocated worker program shall be provided through the workforce development
center. These services may be provided by one entity or a number of different
entities. If the role of the coordinating service provider includes the
provision of core and intensive services for adults and dislocated workers, then
the selection of adult and youth service providers may be combined with the
selection of the coordinating service provider. The regional workforce
investment board and chief elected official board must determine the most
effective and efficient manner to provide these services in the region. The
regional workforce investment board and chief elected official board must also
determine which service providers will be responsible for ensuring that
performance standards are met and that the service provider(s) responsible for
performance have the authority to make enrollment decisions for their
participants.
7.10(1) In selecting service providers, the regional
workforce investment board may use the following procedure or may develop a more
formal procurement procedure. At a minimum, the procedure to designate service
providers must include the following:
a. Public notice. A public notice shall be published in the
official county newspaper, as designated by the county board of supervisors.
The public notice must indicate that the regional workforce investment board
shall hold a meeting to select the service provider(s) to provide core and
intensive services for the adult and dislocated worker programs under Title I.
The notice shall list the criteria for the selection of the service provider(s)
and invite interested entities to give presentations and answer questions
relating to the selection criteria. Notices shall also be mailed to potentially
interested entities within the local region.
b. Public meeting. The regional workforce investment board
shall conduct a public meeting to obtain information from entities interested in
providing core and intensive services in the local region and to reach an
agreement as to the selection of the service provider(s).
c. Criteria for selecting service providers. The following
are examples of criteria that could be considered and addressed in the selection
of a service provider.
(1) The effectiveness of the agency or organization in
delivering comparable or related services based on documentation of achievement
of performance and service level requirements, previous audit and monitoring
reports, and capability of the agency’s fiscal unit to manage a similar
type of program or project;
(2) The likelihood of meeting performance goals based upon
factors such as past performance, staff commitment, and availability of staff;
and
(3) The effectiveness of the agency or organization in
minimizing the duplication of services, while at the same time maximizing the
coordination with other agencies and organizations to provide the highest
quality activities and services to the participants in the program.
(4) Other criteria as determined by the regional workforce
investment board.
7.10(2) Youth service providers shall be selected via
a competitive process and based on recommendations of the youth advisory
council. Since the delivery of the youth services could be accomplished through
a number of different service providers, the regional workforce investment board
should initially designate a youth service provider to coordinate the operation
of the youth program and to provide eligibility, enrollment, objective
assessment and individual service strategy services for youth. Additional youth
service providers could be designated at a later date. At a minimum, the
procedure to designate the youth service provider(s) must include the
following:
a. Public notice. A public notice shall be published in one
of the official county newspapers, as designated by the county board of
supervisors. The public notice must indicate that the regional workforce
investment board shall hold a public meeting to select a youth service provider
to coordinate the operation of the youth program, and to provide eligibility,
enrollment, objective assessment and individual service strategy services for
youth. The notice must list the criteria to be used in the selection of the
youth service provider(s) and must require that written proposals be submitted
by a specific date. The notice must also invite interested entities that have
submitted written proposals to give presentations and answer questions relating
to the selection criteria at the public meeting. Notices must also be mailed to
potentially interested entities within the local region.
b. Public meeting. The regional workforce investment board
must conduct a public meeting to review the written proposals received, obtain
any additional information from entities submitting written proposals, and reach
an agreement as to the selection(s).
c. Criteria for selecting youth service providers. The
following are examples of criteria that could be considered and addressed in the
selection of a service provider:
(1) The effectiveness of the agency or organization in
delivering comparable or related services based on documentation of achievement
of performance and service level requirements, previous audit and monitoring
reports and capability of the agency’s fiscal unit to manage a similar
type of program or project;
(2) The likelihood of meeting performance goals based upon
factors such as past performance, staff commitment, and availability of staff;
(3) The effectiveness of the agency or organization in
minimizing the duplication of services, while at the same time maximizing the
coordination with other agencies and organizations to provide the highest
quality activities and services to the participants in the program;
and
(4) Other criteria as determined by the regional workforce
investment board.
7.10(3) Entities with taxing authority may not use tax
paid services as in–kind matching funds.
877—7.11(84A,PL105–220) Memorandum of
understanding. The memorandum of understanding is an agreement developed
and executed between the regional workforce investment board, with the agreement
of the chief elected official board, and the workforce development center system
partners relating to the operation of the workforce development center system in
the region. There may be a single memorandum of understanding developed that
addresses the issues relating to the regional workforce development center
system, or the regional workforce investment board and partners may decide to
enter into several agreements. Regardless of whether there is a single
agreement or multiple agreements, each partner should be aware of the contents
of all of the agreements executed.
7.11(1) The regional workforce investment board and
the chief elected official board shall initiate the negotiation proc–ess
for the development of the agreement. Prior to the start of negotiations, the
following tasks should be completed:
a. Identify all of the local partners and the services they
provide.
b. Name the coordinating service provider.
c. Determine the role of the coordinating service
provider.
d. Complete the regional needs assessment and
analysis.
e. Execute a single memorandum of understanding or multiple
memorandums of understanding.
7.11(2) At a minimum, the memorandum of understanding
shall include:
a. The services to be provided through the workforce
development center system.
b. The location of the comprehensive workforce development
center(s), as well as other locations where each partner’s services will
be provided. All partners must make their core services available, at a
minimum, at one comprehensive physical center in the region. All adult and
dislocated worker core services shall also be available at the comprehensive
center. In addition, core services may be provided at additional sites and
partners’ applicable core services need not be provided exclusively at the
comprehensive workforce development center. The core services may be made
available by the provision of appropriate technology at the comprehensive
workforce development center, by co–locating personnel at the center, by
cross–training of staff, or through a cost reimbursement
agreement.
c. The programs and services that will be available at the
different locations must be specified, as well as the manner in which the
services will be made available.
d. The particular arrangements for funding the services
provided through the workforce development center system and the operating costs
of the system. Each partner must contribute a fair share of the operating costs
based on the use of the workforce development center delivery system by the
individuals attributable to the partner’s program. While the resources
that a partner contributes do not have to be cash, the resources must be of
value, and must be necessary for the effective and efficient operation of the
center system. The specific method of determining each partner’s
proportionate responsibility must be described in the agreement. This could
include a list of resources that each partner is providing toward the operation
of the system. Since most partners’ budgets fluctuate on an annual basis,
partner contributions for the operating costs of the system should be
reevaluated annually.
e. The partners who will be using the common intake/case
management system as the primary referral mechanism, and how referrals will
occur between and among the partners not utilizing the common intake/case
management system.
f. When the agreement will become effective as well as when
the memorandum will terminate or expire. The effective date must be no later
than July 1, 2000.
g. The process or procedure for amending the agreement. The
procedure should include such items as:
(1) Identification of who can initiate an amendment;
(2) Time lines for completing an amendment;
(3) Conditions under which an amendment will become necessary;
and
(4) Method of communicating changes to all of the
partners.
7.11(3) It is a legal obligation for the regional
workforce investment board, chief elected official board and partners to engage
in good–faith negotiation and reach agreement on the memorandum of
understanding. Any or all parties may seek the assistance of the department or
other appropriate state agencies in negotiating the agreements. After
exhausting all alternatives, the department or the other state agencies may
consult with the appropriate federal agencies to address impasse situations. If
the regional workforce investment board and chief elected official board have
not executed a memorandum of understanding with all of the mandatory partners
and service providers, the region shall not be eligible for state incentive
grants awarded for local cooperation.
877—7.12(84A,PL105–220) Performance
measures. The programs authorized in Title I are evaluated by measures
established by the Act on a state and regional basis. In order for the state to
qualify for incentive funds, it must meet performance standards set for these
measures, in conjunction with successful performance by programs funded under
the Carl Perkins Act and the Workforce Investment Act Title II.
7.12(1) Standards for measurement for each region
shall be established through negotiations between the department, the chief
elected official board and each regional workforce investment
board.
7.12(2) Performance outcome measures. The overall
mission of Iowa’s workforce development center system is to
increase the size of the skilled labor force and increase earned income among
Iowa citizens. Each region’s workforce development center system
shall address its locally developed priorities in conjunction with the above
goals. In addition to having the performance of the regional workforce
development center system evaluated as a whole, all Title I programs shall be
evaluated based on the following outcome measures:
a. Adult program outcome measures.
(1) Entry into unsubsidized employment;
(2) Retention in unsubsidized employment for six months after
entry into employment;
(3) Earnings received in unsubsidized employment for six
months after entry into employment; and
(4) Attainment of a recognized credential related to
achievement of educational skills (such as a secondary school diploma or its
recognized equivalent), or occupational skills, by participants who enter
unsubsidized employment.
b. Dislocated worker program outcome measures.
(1) Entry into unsubsidized employment;
(2) Retention in unsubsidized employment for six months after
entry into employment;
(3) Earnings received in unsubsidized employment for six
months after entry into employment; and
(4) Attainment of a recognized credential related to
achievement of educational skills (such as a secondary school diploma or its
recognized equivalent), or occupational skills, by participants who enter
unsubsidized employment.
c. Youth aged 19 to 21 outcome measures.
(1) Entry into unsubsidized employment;
(2) Retention in unsubsidized employment for six months after
entry into employment;
(3) Earnings received in unsubsidized employment for six
months after entry into employment; and
(4) Attainment of a recognized credential related to
achievement of educational skills (such as a secondary school diploma or its
recognized equivalent), or occupational skills, by participants who enter
postsecondary education, advanced training, or unsubsidized
employment.
d. Youth aged 14 to18 outcome measures.
(1) Attainment of basic skills and, as appropriate, work
readiness or occupational skills;
(2) Attainment of secondary school diplomas and their
recognized equivalents; and
(3) Placement and retention in postsecondary education,
advanced training, military service, employment, or qualified
apprenticeships.
e. Customer satisfaction of participants.
f. Customer satisfaction of employers.
7.12(3) Other measures. The following measures shall
also be tracked and progress reported.
a. Entry by participants who have completed training services
into unsubsidized employment related to the training received;
b. Wages at entry into employment (including rate of wage
replacement for groups of participants, such as dislocated workers);
c. Cost of workforce investment activities relative to the
effect of the activities on the performance of participants;
d. Retention and earnings received in unsubsidized employment
12 months after entry into the employment; and
e. Performance of recipients of public assistance,
out–of–school youth, veterans, individuals with disabilities,
displaced homemakers, and older individuals, as required by the Department of
Labor.
7.12(4) Retention in employment measures and wages
earned measures will be calculated using data from the unemployment insurance
wage record database.
7.12(5) Regional performance standards shall be
negotiated between the department, the regional workforce investment board and
chief elected official board. Performance standards shall be negotiated for
each region annually. The department, the regional workforce invest–ment
board and chief elected official board shall evaluate regional performance and
the appropriateness of the negotiated standards each year. Formal negotiation
shall be conducted for two–year periods and remain consistent with years
in which needs assessment activities are conducted.
The department shall establish a minimum acceptable level of
performance for each measure, based upon levels established through negotiation
between the state and the Department of Labor and using historical data.
Negotiation will focus on the adjusted level of performance, which will serve as
the regional objective. Performance of a program within a region below the
minimum acceptable levels shall be the basis for corrective action or sanctions.
Performance above adjusted levels shall be the basis for incentive awards. In
addition, regions may negotiate maximum levels of performance (level at which
adjusted levels shall not be negotiated beyond during the first five
years).
7.12(6) Incentive awards. A portion of the state
level funds shall be reserved from Title I programs to provide incentive awards
to regions that demonstrate superior performance and to provide technical
assistance to all regions. Incentive awards, which are granted during a program
year, shall be distributed based upon performance from the previous program
year. Actual distribution of the funds shall occur after the end of each
program year when final performance standards are calculated. At that time,
performance shall be compared against the region’s adjusted levels to
determine eligibility for, and the amount of, incentive awards.
Incentive awards shall be distributed to regional workforce
investment boards when average performance across all measures exceeds the
average adjusted levels for the percent achieved score for each measure. When
the percent achieved score is greater than 100 percent, the region qualifies for
a regional incentive award. There is no requirement for the number of
individual measures that must be exceeded, but the customer and employer
satisfaction measures must be exceeded for a region to qualify for an incentive
award.
The regional workforce investment board must utilize the
incentive funds to support Title I services, but it is possible for a region to
purchase services that do not count toward performance measurement.
The determination of actual performance achievement on the 17
performance measures and any subsequent incentive awards shall be based on data
contained in the integrated customer service (ICS) system. The initial
determination of incentive awards shall be made no later than September 1
following the end of the program year. By that time, the chair of each regional
workforce investment board shall be notified of its initial performance and
incentive award determination. The regional workforce investment board, or its
designee, shall be allowed two weeks in which to respond to these initial
determinations. The response shall be limited to the calculation of the awards.
Changes to the data shall not be permitted unless authorized by the department.
A final determination and the awarding of incentive funds shall occur no later
than October 1 following the end of the program year. The department reserves
the authority to adjust the time lines for the awarding of incentive funds if
circumstances warrant such an adjustment.
7.12(7) If a region does not meet performance outcome
requirements, the department shall provide technical assistance to the region to
improve its performance. The following process shall be used:
a. Technical assistance shall be available to the Title I
service providers through the department’s staff. In situations where
regional performance falls below the minimum acceptable level, the department
will assist the regional workforce investment board, or its designee, with the
development of a performance improvement plan.
b. If regional Title I programs do not meet the minimum
acceptable level of performance for two consecutive years, the regional
workforce investment board shall be required to develop a performance
improvement plan. Technical assistance shall also be available to the regional
workforce investment board and chief elected official board to adjust the
regional customer service plan to facilitate the success of the region’s
performance improvement plan.
c. The performance improvement plan must be reviewed and
approved by the chief elected official board prior to its submittal of the plan
to the department.
7.12(8) If a region falls below the minimum acceptable
levels of performance agreed upon for the region’s average composite
percent achieved score in any of the program areas for two consecutive
years, the governor, through the department, shall take corrective action. The
critical measures that determine possible sanctions are:
1. Adult program measures average;
2. Dislocated worker program measures average;
3. Youth program measures average; and
4. Customer satisfaction measures average.
At a minimum, the corrective action shall include the
development of a performance improvement plan and the possibility of a
reorganization plan, under which the governor:
a. Requires the appointment and certification of a new
regional workforce investment board;
b. Prohibits the use of particular service providers that have
been identified as achieving poor levels of performance;
c. Requires the certification of a new coordinating service
provider;
d. Requires the development of a new regional plan;
or
e. Requires other appropriate measures designed to improve the
performance of the region.
An appeal to sanctions may be made by following theprocess
identified in 7.22(15). If a region is being sanctioned, it shall not qualify
for an incentive award in the Title I category.
877—7.13(84A,PL105–220) Regional customer
service plan. Each regional workforce investment board, in partnership with
the chief elected official board, shall develop and submit to the governor a
five–year comprehensive plan that is in compliance with the state’s
workforce investment plan. A region must have an approved plan in place prior
to receiving funds.
7.13(1) The plan shall contain the following
elements:
a. Workforce development services available in the
region.
b. An explanation of how customers access the
services.
c. Statement of the region’s workforce development
priorities.
d. An identification of the workforce investment needs of
businesses, job seekers, and workers in the region.
e. Current and projected employment opportunities, and the job
skills necessary to obtain such opportunities.
f. A description of the regional workforce development center
system, including the locations of access points, such as the region’s
one–stop center, satellite workforce development centers, resource
centers, and other locations within the region where access to services shall be
provided (including the access point in each county for department services that
is required by state law); what products and services will be delivered at each
of these locations and how access to those services will be provided at that
location; identification of the products and services that may be provided upon
a fee basis and an explanation of the amount and circumstances when the fee will
be applied; and a description or flowchart of the service delivery system,
identifying how customers will be served and referred within the center system,
and when necessary, how program services will be provided to employers, and to
other customers through the adult, dislocated workers, rapid response, and youth
programs.
g. Description of the region’s policies regarding such
issues as activities and services, eligibility, and applicant and participant
processes.
h. If a region will be sharing the costs of delivering
services with another region within a labor market area, that arrangement and
cost–sharing agreement should be described.
i. Identification of the chief elected official board’s
and regional workforce investment board’s oversight policies concerning
the region’s performance standards and continuous improvement
activities.
j. Identification of how the regional workforce investment
board and chief elected official board will evaluate the service delivery
process and service providers’ performance.
k. Description of the annual budget development, review and
monitoring process for the region.
l. Description of how economic development groups, older
workers, disabled individuals, and partners are provided an opportunity to
provide periodic and meaningful input regarding the operation of the workforce
development system.
m. Identification of the subrecipient or entity responsible
for the disbursal of grant funds.
n. Attachments, including the regional needs assessment and
analysis; the region’s negotiated performance measures; the region’s
memorandum of understanding; a copy of the region’s complaint procedures;
procurement procedures; and any documentation customers will be asked to provide
for enrollment.
o. Public input process, including proof of publication for
public notices soliciting public input for the plan.
7.13(2) Prior to submitting the plan to the governor,
the regional workforce investment board shall provide opportunities for public
input regarding the plan. The public input process must include, at
minimum:
a. Making copies of a proposed plan available to the public
through such means as public hearings and public notices in local
newspapers.
b. Allowing a 30–day period for regional workforce
investment board members and members of the public, including representatives of
business and labor organizations, to submit comments to the regional workforce
investment board on the proposed plan after the plan is made available to the
public. When the plan is submitted to the governor, any comments received
expressing disagreement with the plan shall be included.
c. Holding open meetings to make information about the plan
available to the public on an ongoing basis.
7.13(3) The plan must be formally approved by the
regional workforce investment board and chief elected official board. An
original signed document and four copies must be submitted by April 1, 2000, to
the Division of Workforce Development Center Administration, Department of
Workforce Development, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
7.13(4) The department shall review the plan and
recommend approval to the state workforce development board, unless deficiencies
in the plan are identified in writing by the department and revision is
required; or the plan is not in compliance with federal and state laws and
regulations, including required consultations and public comment
provisions.
7.13(5) Modifications to the plan may be required by
the department under certain circumstances, including significant changes in
regional economic conditions, changes in the financing available, changes in the
regional workforce investment board structure, or a need to revise strategies to
meet performance goals. A proposed modification of the plan must be approved by
vote of the regional workforce investment board and chief elected official board
at a public meeting.
877—7.14(84A,PL105–220) Certification of
training providers.
7.14(1) Eligible training providers. Eligible
training providers include:
a. Postsecondary educational institutions that are eligible to
receive funds under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 and provide a
program that leads to an associate degree, baccalaureate degree or certificate;
b. Entities that carry out programs under the National
Apprenticeship Act; and
c. Other public or private providers of a program of training
services.
7.14(2) Training programs. A
program of training services is one or more courses or classes that, upon
successful completion, leads to a certificate, an associate degree, or
baccalaureate degree; or a competency or skill recognized by employers; or a
training regimen that provides individuals with additional skills or
competencies generally recognized by employers.
7.14(3) Certification process. An application for
each training program must be submitted to the regional work–force
investment board in the region in which the training provider desires its
program to be approved. Each program of training services must be described,
including appropriate performance and cost information. Training providers
shall be approved, initially, as well as subsequently, by regional workforce
investment boards in partnership with the department.
7.14(4) Regional workforce investment board role. The
regional workforce investment board shall be responsible for:
a. Accepting applications from postsecondary educational
institutions, entities providing apprenticeship programs, and public and private
providers for initial and subsequent approval.
b. Submitting to the department the local list of approved
providers, including performance and cost information for each
program.
c. Ensuring dissemination of the statewide list to
participants in employment and training activities through the regional
workforce development center system.
d. Consulting with the department in cases where approved
providers shall have their approval revoked because inaccurate information has
been provided.
e. Notifying all known providers of training in their region
regarding the process and time line for accepting applications.
7.14(5) Department role. The department shall be
responsible for:
a. Establishing initial approval criteria as well as setting
minimum levels of performance for public and private providers;
b. Setting minimum levels of performance measures for all
providers to remain subsequently approved;
c. Developing and maintaining the state list of eligible
training providers, which is compiled from information submitted by the regional
workforce investment boards;
d. Verifying the accuracy of the information on the state
list;
e. Removing training providers who do not meet program
performance levels;
f. Disapproving training providers who provide inaccurate
information; and
g. Disapproving training providers who violate any provision
of the Workforce Investment Act.
7.14(6) Initial provider approval. Upon completion of
the application, initial approval shall be granted to:
a. Postsecondary educational institutions that are eligible to
receive funds under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 and provide a
program that leads to an associate or baccalaureate degree, certificate, or
diploma; and
b. Entities that carry out apprenticeship programs registered
under the National Apprenticeship Act.
c. Other public and private providers of training services
that currently provide a training program shall be required to submit additional
information to the regional workforce investment board in the region in which
they desire to provide training services.
The department shall accept documentation from the appropriate
certification body for postsecondary educational institutions that are eligible
to receive funds under Title IV and National Apprenticeship programs, who do not
provide a program of training services at the time of application.
7.14(7) Other public and private providers of training
services that currently do not provide a program of training services at the
time of application must:
a. Document the needs for the training based on specific
employer needs in the region; and
b. Develop a training curriculum with the agreement of local
employers.
Once the training provider’s program is approved, the
training provider shall be included on a statewide list that will be available
to customers seeking training services.
7.14(8) To be eligible effective July 1, 2000,
interested training providers must submit their applications to the regional
workforce investment board in their region. The application date shall be
established by each regional workforce investment board. All approved
applications must be submitted to the department by May 31, 2000. The
department has 30 days from the receipt of the regionally approved applications
to review and verify the information provided. Initial approval for all
training providers shall be effective until November 30, 2001.
7.14(9) If a training provider has been determined to
be initially eligible and desires to continue its eligibility, it must submit
performance information to the regional workforce investment board and meet
performance levels annually.
7.14(10) Each regional workforce investment board
shall maintain a list of all approved training providers, including providers
for on–the–job and customized training in the region and make the
list available statewide. The regional workforce investment board shall submit
all approved applications to the department after the applications are
received locally. The department shall be responsible for maintaining the
statewide list of all approved training providers. The list will be updated at
least annually or as needed and made available to participants in employment and
training activities and others through the regional workforce development center
system. The regional workforce investment board has the responsibility of
notifying all known providers of training in the board’s region regarding
the process and time line for accepting applications. The department may
approve training providers from other neighboring states when
requested.
7.14(11) Application process for initial
approval.
a. Postsecondary educational institutions that are eligible to
receive funds under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 and entities
that carry out programs under the National Apprenticeship Act must submit an
application as required by the regional workforce investment board. The
regional workforce investment board may develop its own application procedures
or adopt the procedure developed by the department for other public and private
training providers.
b. Other public or private providers of a program of training
services shall be required to complete and submit an application to the regional
workforce investment board in each region as specified below. The application
requires identifying information on the training provider and enrollment
periods, as well as the following information:
(1) The name and description of the training program(s) to be
offered.
(2) The cost of each training program (tuition; books;
supplies, including tools; uniforms; fees, including laboratory; rentals,
deposits and other miscellaneous charges) to complete a certificate or degree
program or an employer identified competency skill.
(3) A description of the facility and organization of the
school.
c. Program completion rate for all individuals participating
in the applicable program conducted by the provider. A program completer is a
person who has obtained a certificate, degree, or diploma; or received credit
for taking the program; or received a passing grade in the program; or finished
the required curriculum of the program.
d. Percentage of all students in the program who obtained
unsubsidized employment.
e. Average wages of all students in unsubsidized
employment.
For initial approval, the regional workforce investment board
may require additional information.
7.14(12) Required information for subsequent approval.
To remain an approved training provider, all training providers must have their
performance information reviewed by the regional workforce investment board on
an annual basis. The required performance information for subsequent approval
includes the following information:
a. Program completion rate for all individuals participating
in the applicable program conducted by the provider.
b. Percentage of all students who obtained unsubsidized
employment.
c. Average wages of all students who obtained unsubsidized
employment. (If a training provider is using the unemployment insurance
database to calculate wages, the average starting wage will be calculated by a
national Department of Labor formula that converts quarterly unemployment
insurance wages into an hourly rate.)
d. Where applicable, the rates of licensure or certification,
attainment of academic degrees or equivalents, or attainment of other measures
of skill of the graduates of the training program.
e. Percentage of WIA participants who obtained unsubsidized
employment;
f. Percentage of WIA participants who have completed the
training program and who are placed in unsubsidized employment;
g. Retention rates in unsubsidized employment, for six months
after the first day of employment, of WIA participants who have completed the
training program;
h. Average wages, six months after the first day of
employment, received by WIA participants who have completed the training
program;
i. Average actual cost of training, including tuition, fees,
and books, for WIA participants to complete the training program.
The department shall publish, on an annual basis, guidelines
on acceptable performance measures for training providers.
7.14(13) Nonapproval. The department, in consultation
with the regional workforce investment board, determines whether or not to
approve a training provider. If the regional workforce investment board
determines that the training provider does not meet the established performance
levels, a written recommendation shall be sent to the division administrator of
the division of workforce development center administration. The division
administrator shall make a determination whether the training provider is
disapproved and removed from the list. Regional workforce investment boards and
the department must take into consideration the following factors when
determining subsequent approval:
a. The specific economic, geographic, and demographic factors
in the region in which the training providers seeking approval are located;
and
b. Characteristics of the populations served by the training
providers seeking approval, including difficulties in serving such populations,
where applicable.
If it is determined that an eligible provider or an individual
supplying information on behalf of the provider intentionally supplies
inaccurate information, the department shall terminate the approval of the
training provider for a minimum of two years. If either the regional workforce
investment board or the department determines that an eligible provider
substantially violates any requirement under the Act, it may terminate approval
to receive funds for the program involved or take other such action as
determined to be appropriate. A provider whose approval is terminated under any
of these conditions is liable to repay all WIA training funds it received during
the period of noncompliance.
7.14(14) Appeal process. If a training provider has
been determined to be ineligible by failing to meet performance levels,
intentionally supplying inaccurate information, or violating any provision of
the Act, it has the right to appeal the denial of approval to the department.
The training provider shall follow appeal procedures as defined in
7.22(13).
877—7.15(84A,PL105–220) Financial
management. Allowable costs shall be determined in accordance with the
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) circulars applicable to the various
entities receiving grant funds from the department. Nothing in this rule shall
supersede the requirements placed on each entity as promulgated by the
applicable OMB circular including factors which affect allowability of costs,
reasonable costs, allocable costs, applicable credits, direct costs, indirect or
facility and administrative costs, allowable costs as defined in “selected
items of costs,” in accordance with the appropriate OMB
circular.
Additional regulations applicable to contractors are found in
29 CFR Part 97 for State and Local Governments and Part 95 for Institutions of
Higher Education, Hospitals and other Non–Profit Organizations.
Exceptions to those regulations are that:
1. Procurement contracts and other transactions between local
boards and units of state and local governments must be conducted only on a cost
reimbursement basis;
2. Program income shall be calculated based on the methods
outlined in 7.15(2).
3. Any excess revenue over expenditures incurred for services
provided by a governmental unit or non–profit must be considered program
income.
7.15(1) General requirements of a financial management
system. Financial management systems should provide fiscal controls and
accounting procedures that conform to generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) as they relate to programs administered. A financial management system
must also have certain procedures in place to ensure that the system meets the
requirements of state and federal laws and regulations.
7.15(2) Program income means income generated by a
program–supported activity or earned only as a result of the
contract.
a. Program income includes:
(1) Income from fees for services performed and from
conferences;
(2) Income from the use or rental of property acquired with
contract funds;
(3) Income from the sale of commodities or items fabricated
under a contract;
(4) Income generated due to revenue in excess of expenditures
for services rendered, when provided by a governmental unit or nonprofit
entity.
b. Program income does not include:
(1) Interest earned on grant funds, rebates, credits,
discounts, refunds, or any interest earned on any of them. (Such funds shall be
credited as a reduction of costs if received during the same funding period.
Any credits received after the funding period must be returned to the
department.);
(2) Taxes, special assessments, levies, fines, and other
governmental revenues raised by a contractor;
(3) Income from royalties and license fees, copyrighted
material, patents, patent applications, trademarks, and inventions developed by
a contractor;
(4) Any other refunds or reimbursements, such as Pell Grant
reimbursement. (Such funds shall be credited back to the program that incurred
the original costs.);
(5) Any other funds received as the result of the sale of
equipment. (Such funds shall be credited back to the program that incurred the
original costs.)
c. Costs incidental to the generation of program income must
be deducted, if not already charged to the grant, from gross program income to
determine net program income. Net program income earned may be retained and not
sent back to the department, if such income is added to the funds committed to
the particular program under which it was earned. Net program income must be
used for allowable program purposes, and under the terms and conditions
applicable to the use of that program’s funds. Program income generated
may be used for any allowable activity under the program that generated that
income.
d. All net program income generated and expended must be
reported to the department each month on the financial status report.
Documentation of the use of net program income must be maintained on file. Any
net program income not used in accordance with the requirements of this rule
must be returned to the department.
e. The classification of costs, including cost limitations,
apply to net program income. Net program income must be disbursed prior to
requesting additional cash payments. Net program income not disbursed prior to
the submittal of the annual closeout reports must be returned to the
department.
f. If the net program income cannot be used by the region that
generated such income for allowable purposes the funds must be returned to the
department. The department may permit another region to use the net program
income for allowable purposes.
7.15(3) Working capital advance payments of federal
funds.
a. Reimbursement is the preferred method for payment.
However, the subrecipient may provide working capital advance payments of
federal funds only to contractors, not vendors or training providers, after
determining that:
(1) Reimbursement is not feasible because the contractor lacks
sufficient working capital;
(2) The contractor meets the standards of this rule governing
advances to contractor;
(3) Advance payment is in the best interest of the grantee or
subrecipient; and
(4) The reason for needing an advance is not the unwillingness
or inability of the grantee or subrecipient to provide timely reimbursements to
meet the contractor’s actual cash disbursements.
b. If the conditions in 7.15(3)“a” are met,
working capital advance payments may be made to contractors by use of one of the
two procedures outlined below:
(1) Cash is only advanced (through check or warrant) to the
contractor to cover its estimated disbursement needs for an initial period,
generally geared to the contractor’s disbursement cycle, but in no event
may the advance exceed 20 percent of the contract amount. After the initial
advance, the contractor is only reimbursed for its actual cash disbursements; or
(2) Cash is advanced electronically on a weekly basis similar
to the system maintained between the department and its contractors. Drawdowns
and expenditures must be timed in a way that minimizes the delay between the
receipt and actual disbursement of those funds.
7.15(4) Cost allocation. The methods of cost
allocation identified in this subrule are not all inclusive. Any method chosen
must be consistent with cost allocation principles as defined in the OMB
circular applicable to the contractor.
a. Any single cost which is properly chargeable to more than
one program or cost category is allocated among the appropriate programs and
cost categories based on the benefits derived. Contractors that receive WIA
funds are required to maintain a written cost allocation for WIA expenditures.
A cost allocation plan is the means by which costs related to more than one
program or cost category are distributed appropriately. All costs included in a
cost allocation plan must be supported by formal accounting records that
substantiate the propriety of eventual charges. Each subrecipient must develop
a written plan that addresses how joint costs will be allocated during the
fiscal year. The plan must include:
(1) The time period involved;
(2) Programs that must be allocated;
(3) Basis to be used for allocation; and
(4) Exceptions to the general rules.
Any cost that cannot be identified as a direct cost of a
particular program or a cost category is allocated based on one of the
acceptable methods discussed above and must be included in the cost allocation
plan.
b. Cost allocation plans are based on a documented basis. The
basis upon which a given cost is allocated is relevant to the nature of the cost
being allocated, and whether the cost is a legitimate charge to the program(s)
and cost category to which it is being allocated. The basis upon which costs
are allocated is consistent throughout the fiscal year.
c. Possible acceptable actual bases for allocating costs
include:
(1) Staff timesheet allocation basis (fixed or
variable).
(2) Service level allocation basis (fixed or
variable).
(3) Usage rate allocation basis (fixed or variable).
(4) Full time employees (FTE) basis (fixed
only).
d. Funds received under various programs may be allocated
using the cost pooling method. Under a cost pooling method, expenditures that
cannot be identified to a particular cost category or program may be pooled and
allocated in total on a monthly basis. If this method is established, the
expenditures must be allocated to each program based upon the benefit derived by
each program. Cost pools may be established for a cost category, a line item in
an agency’s budget or to include multiple programs. The process used to
allocate pool costs must ensure that no program or cost category is charged an
amount in excess of what is allowed by law or regulation. Examples
include:
(1) Administrative, program services or combined cost category
pool (An administrative pool may be used if an entity also has administrative
costs associated with programs other than WIA Title I programs.).
(2) Facility or supplies line item cost pool.
(3) Workforce (multiple) programs.
e. Cost allocation plans must be submitted by August 31 of
each year to Bureau of Administrative Support, Budgeting and Reporting,
Department of Workforce Development, 1000 E. Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309.
7.15(5) Indirect costs may be charged to programs, if
the contractor has an approved indirect cost agreement with a federal cognizant
agency or another state agency and the agreement covers the term of the grant.
The plan must be in compliance with the applicable OMB circular for the entity
charging indirect costs.
7.15(6) Time and attendance documentation must be
maintained for any individual who receives any part of the individual’s
wage from programs funded by WIA and for all participants receiving payments
based in whole or in part on attendance in programs funded by WIA.
7.15(7) A contractor receiving federal or state funds
from the department and conducting its own procurement must have written
procurement procedures. The procedures must be consistent with applicable state
and local laws and regulations; the procurement standards set forth in this
subrule; and the regulations as described in 29 CFR Part 95 for institutions of
higher education and nonprofit organizations; or 29 CFR Part 97 for state and
local government organizations.
a. State and federal procurement laws and regulations,
including the procurement standards set forth in this subrule, take precedence
over any contractor procurement policies and procedures.
b. The written procurement policies and procedures of each
contractor must include, at a minimum, the following elements:
1. Authority to take procurement actions;
2. Standards of conduct;
3. Methods of procurement;
4. Solicitation procedures; and
5. Documentation requirements.
c. There are three types of allowable procurement procedures:
request for quotations (RFQ), request for proposals (RFP), and sole source.
Contractors must conduct competitive procurement except as outlined in
“d” below.
d. The circumstances or situations under which sole source
procurement is allowable are limited to the following:
(1) Any single purchase of supplies, equipment, or services
totaling less than $2,000 in the aggregate;
(2) Single participant work experience, vocational
exploration, limited internship and on–the–job training
contracts;
(3) Enrollment of individual participants in institutional
skills training;
(4) All other individual training or services contracts
involving only one participant, except where such contracts include the purchase
of property. Such property must be purchased through competitive
procedures;
(5) Activities and services that are provided by the fiscal
agent, designated service provider, or subrecipient when a determination of
demonstrated performance clearly documents the staff’s ability to provide
the training or services;
(6) A modification to a contract that does not substantially
change the statement of work of that contract;
(7) After solicitation of an adequate number of sources, only
one acceptable response was received;
(8) Any single service or workshop costing less than $5,000
identified in the regional customer service plan;
(9) Supplies, property and services which have been determined
to be available from a single source; and
(10) An emergency situation for which the department or
applicable governing boards provide written approval.
7.15(8) Property purchased with funds received through
the department must be acquired in accordance with the department
standards.
a. Prior approval must be obtained from the department before
purchasing:
(1) Any property with a unit acquisition value of $5,000 or
more.
(2) All personal computer logic units (e.g., hard drives,
servers, routers, hubs) and monitors.
b. Real property (real estate and land) shall not be purchased
with funds received through the department.
c. Title to all property purchased with the department funds,
including participant property, is vested with the state if the state is the
majority owner. (If more than one agency contributed funds for the purchase of
property, the majority owner is the entity that provided the largest portion of
funds. In instances in which entities contributed the same amount of funding,
the state is considered the majority owner.)
d. Prenumbered department property tags shall be affixed to
all property with a unit acquisition value of $2,000 or more, and to all
personal computer logic units and monitors. Unnumbered department property tags
shall be affixed to all property with a per–unit cost of less than $2,000.
Prenumbered and unnumbered tags will be provided to each region.
e. At a minimum, an inventory of all property must include the
following:
1. Property tag number;
2. Description of the property;
3. Stock or identification number, including model and
manufacturer’s serial number, when applicable;
4. Manufacturer;
5. Purchase date;
6. Purchase order number, when applicable;
7. Unit cost;
8. Location of property;
9. Condition of property;
10. Disposition of property as applicable; and
11. Grant agreement number.
f. A physical observation of all property must be conducted by
the program operator prior to the end of each fiscal year (June 30). A complete
inventory list must be provided to the department in each fiscal year’s
close–out package.
g. All property purchased with the department funds or
transferred from programs under the authority of the department must be used to
meet program objectives and the needs and priorities identified in the regional
customer service plan. Property purchased with the department funds must be
used by the coordinating service provider or program operator in the program or
project for which it was acquired, as long as it is needed for that project or
program. When no longer needed for the original program or project, the
property may be used in other activities supported by the department.
h. The department–purchased property may be made
available for use on other projects or programs providing such use does not
interfere with the work on the project or program for which it was originally
acquired. Priority should be given to other programs or projects supported by
the department.
i. Disposition of any property, including participant
property, is allowable only with the written concurrence of the department. The
request to dispose of property must be in writing and include:
1. A description of the property;
2. Its purchase price;
3. Property tag number;
4. Current condition; and
5. Preference for the method of disposal.
j. The method of disposal may be the outright disposal by
local waste agencies of items that are either unusable or unsafe or are
currently of immaterial value. Those items that do not fit this definition may
be sold locally, using a public process, to generate program income.
k. Requests to dispose of property are to be sent to Business
Management, Department of Workforce Development, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319.
l. Any funds generated from sale of property are to be
considered program income and must be used to further the objectives of the
program(s) that paid for that property originally. If that funding source no
longer exists, then the program income generated must be used for other
allowable employment or training activities. In cases where the property was
purchased from multiple funding sources, the program income generated may be
attributed to the funding source that paid the greatest share of the cost of the
property. Otherwise, the program income must be allocated by the same
percentages as were used to purchase the property originally.
7.15(9) Certifications. All contractors must certify,
as a condition to receive funding, compliance with the following laws and
implementing regulations:
a. Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (P.L. 105–220) and
all subsequent amendments.
b. U.S. Department of Labor implementing
regulations.
c. Iowa Code chapters 84, 84A, and 96.
d. Iowa Administrative Code 877—Chapter 11.
e. Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965.
f. OMB Circular A–87 for State and Local
Governments.
g. OMB Circular A–122 for Non–Profit
Entities.
h. OMB Circular A–21 for Institutions of Higher
Education.
i. Appendix E of 45 CFR Part 74 for hospitals receiving
research and development grants.
j. 29 CFR Part 97 for State and Local Governments.
k. 29 CFR Part 95 for Institutions of Higher Education,
Hospitals and other Non–Profit Organizations.
l. Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 USC 6101 et
seq.).
m. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC
794).
n. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
o. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 USC 1681
et seq.).
p. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 USC 2000d et
seq.).
q. Debarment and suspension; restrictions on lobbying (29 CFR
Part 93).
r. Drug–Free Workplace (29 CFR Part 98).
s. Other relevant regulations as noted in the
department’s handbook for grantees and contracts for services with the
department.
7.15(10) Unallowable costs. WIA funds shall not be
spent on the following:
a. Wages of incumbent employees during their participation in
economic development activities provided through a statewide workforce
investment system;
b. Expenses prohibited under any other federal, state or local
law or regulation;
c. Foreign travel, if the source of funds is formula funds
under Subtitle B, Title I of WIA;
d. Financial assistance for any program involving political
activities;
e. The encouragement of a business to relocate from any
location in the United States if the relocation results in any employees losing
their jobs at the original location;
f. Customized, skill, or on–the–job training or
company–specific assessments of job applicants or employees of a business
that has relocated from any location in the United States, until the company has
operated at that location for 120 days, if the relocation has resulted in any
employees losing their jobs at the original location.
877—7.16(84A,PL105–220)
Auditing.
7.16(1) State and local governments,
non–profits, institutes for higher education and hospitals. Contractors
that expend $300,000 or more in a fiscal year in federal funds shall have a
single or program–specific audit conducted for that year. Contractors
that expend $300,000 or more in federal funds in a fiscal year shall have a
single audit conducted except when they elect to have a program–specific
audit conducted. Program–specific audits are allowed under the following
circumstances:
a. A contractor expends federal funds under only one federal
program; and
b. Federal program laws, regulations, or grant agreements do
not require a financial statement audit of the contractor.
Contractors that expend less than $300,000 in federal funds in
a fiscal year are exempt from federal audit requirements for that year.
However, records must be made available for review or audit by the state and
federal agencies and the general accounting office.
7.16(2) Commercial organizations. If such entities
expend more than $300,000 in federal funds in their fiscal year, then either an
OMB Circular A–133 (A–133) audit or a program–specific audit
must be conducted.
7.16(3) Vendors. In most cases, contractors need only
ensure that procurement, receipt, and payment for goods or services comply with
the laws, regulations, and the provisions of contracts or agreements. However,
the contractor is responsible for ensuring compliance for vendor transactions
which are structured such that the vendor is responsible for program compliance
or the vendor’s records must be reviewed to determine compliance. If
these transactions relate to a major program, the scope of the audit shall
include determining whether these transactions are in compliance with laws,
regulations, and the provisions of the contract or agreement.
7.16(4) Relation to other audits. Audits performed in
accordance with A–133 are in lieu of any financial audit required under
individual federal awards. To the extent that this audit meets a federal
agency’s needs, it shall rely upon and use such audits. However, this
does not limit the authority of the federal agency, including the General
Accounting Office, to conduct or arrange for additional audits. Federal
agencies that conduct additional audits shall ensure that they build upon audit
work previously conducted and be responsible for costs incurred for the
additional audit work.
7.16(5) Frequency of audits. With the following
exceptions, the audit is normally conducted on an annual basis. Entities which
are required by constitution or statute, in effect on January 1, 1987, to have
audits performed less frequently are permitted to undergo audits biennially.
Also, nonprofit entities that had biennial audits for all biennial periods
ending between July 1, 1992, and January 1, 1995, are permitted to undergo
audits biennially.
7.16(6) Completion and submittal. The audit must be
completed and data collection/reporting package forms are to be submitted the
earlier of 30 days after the completion of the audit or within nine months after
the period covered by the audit. The data collection form and reporting package
must also be submitted to the federal clearinghouse designated by the Office of
Management and Budget. In addition, one copy of the reporting package and any
management letters issued by the auditors are to be submitted to Budgeting and
Reporting Bureau, Department of Workforce Development, 1000 E. Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319. Each contractor shall provide one copy of the reporting
package to the contracting entity that provided the contractor with WIA
funds.
7.16(7) Data collection form. Each contractor shall
submit a data collection form to the contracting entity that provided the
contractor with WIA funds. This form should state whether the audit was
completed in accordance with A–133 guidelines and provide information
concerning the federal funds and the results of the audit. The form used shall
be approved by the Office of Management and Budget, available from the
clearinghouse designated by OMB, and include a signature of a senior level
representative of the contractor. Also, a certification must be submitted which
states that the entity audited complied with the requirements of A–133,
that the form was prepared in accordance with A–133, and that the form, in
its entirety, is accurate and complete.
The auditors must sign a statement to be included with the
data collection form that indicates, at a minimum, the source of the information
included in the form, the auditor’s responsibility for the information,
the form is not a substitute for the reporting package, and the content of the
form is limited to the data elements prescribed by OMB.
7.16(8) Reporting package. Auditors are required to
complete a reporting package that includes:
1. Financial statements and schedule of expenditures of
federal awards;
2. Summary schedule of prior audit findings;
3. Auditor’s report(s); and
4. Corrective action plan.
7.16(9) Records retention. One copy of the data
collection form and one copy of the reporting package must remain on file for
three years from the date of submission to the federal clearinghouse.
7.16(10) Audit resolution. If an audit is completed
with no findings, the department shall receive a notification of audit letter
from the appropriate audit firm. The auditee shall be notified of the
acceptance of that letter. In no case shall the date from receipt of an
acceptable audit report or notification letter to the date of the final
determination exceed 180 days. The department shall issue an initial
determination within 30 days of receipt of each audit report with negative
findings. Such initial determination shall identify costs questioned under the
audit and either propose corrective actions to be taken or request additional
documentation from the auditee.
a. Each initial determination shall include:
(1) Relevant statutory, regulatory or grant agreement
citations supporting the findings and determinations;
(2) Necessary corrective actions required by the auditee to
achieve compliance;
(3) A request for additional documentation, as necessary, to
adequately respond to the findings; and
(4) Notice of the opportunity for an audit resolution
conference with the department.
Each auditee shall be allowed a 30–day period in which
to respond. An additional 30 days in which to respond may be requested in
writing prior to the end of the initial 30 days. Such request shall include the
reason the extension is needed and the date by which the response will be
completed. Such a request must be received by the department no later than 30
days after the issuance of the initial determination. The auditee shall be
notified in writing of the approval or disapproval of the request.
b. Within 30 days after the due date of the response to the
initial determination, a final determination shall be issued and sent to the
auditee. A final determination shall be issued whether or not a response to the
initial determination has been made. The final determination shall
include:
(1) Identification of those costs questioned in the audit
report that will be allowed and an explanation of why those costs are
allowed;
(2) Identification of disallowed costs, a listing of each
disallowed cost and a description of the reasons for each
disallowance;
(3) Notification to the chief elected official board and
auditee of final determination and debt establishment, if relevant;
and
(4) Information on the auditee’s and chief elected
officials board’s right to appeal through the department’s appeals
process.
When a debt has been established, the final determination will
be used to set up a debt account in the amount of the debt.
7.16(11) The decision to impose the disallowed cost
sanction shall take into consideration whether or not the funds were expended in
accordance with that program’s rules and regulations, the contract
agreement, the Iowa Administrative Code and generally accepted accounting
practices. Ignorance of the requirements is not sufficient justification to
allow a previously questioned cost nor will the auditee’s inability to pay
the debt be a consideration in the decision to impose the disallowed cost
sanction.
7.16(12) An audit file shall be maintained for each
audit or notification letter received from each auditee. The audit may not be
considered closed until such time as the federal clearinghouse designated by the
Office of Management and Budget accepts the state’s resolution
report.
877—7.17(84A,PL105–220) Debt collection
procedures.
7.17(1) Debt collection begins once the debt has been
established by either an audit final determination or financial/program
monitoring final decision letter. Debts arising from other forms of oversight
will be identified through written communication to the chief elected official
board.
7.17(2) If the debt is appealed, debt collection is
suspended until that appeal is resolved. If the appeal is granted, debt
collection shall not be established.
7.17(3) No earlier than 15 days, but not later than 20
days, after the debt has been established, an initial demand for repayment
letter shall be sent to the chief elected official board by certified mail with
return receipt requested. The initial demand letter informs the chief elected
official board that a debt has been established and references the previous
letter that established the debt. When applicable, instructions for requesting
a waiver from debt shall be provided in the letter. The chief elected official
board shall be granted 15 days from the date of the initial demand letter either
to submit payment in full or to forward the applicable request for waiver. If
the chief elected official board refuses those options, does not accept the
letter, or if no response is received within the required time frame, a final
demand for payment shall be issued.
7.17(4) The final demand letter, also sent by
certified mail with return receipt requested, shall ask for payment within 10
days from the date of that letter. If the chief elected official board refuses
the options identified in the final demand letter, does not accept the letter or
does not respond, legal action shall be taken. Such action will seek payment of
the debt as well as applicable court costs and accrued interest.
7.17(5) The debt collection process is suspended if a
request for waiver is received by the department in accordance with waiver
policies applicable to that program. If the request for waiver is denied, the
debt collection process will continue.
7.17(6) Payment options. Payment options include the
following:
a. Payment in full. Payment of debts is generally a
one–time cash payment due at the time of final determination by the
department. In cases of documented financial hardship or for other reasons as
allowed by law, the department may grant repayment as outlined in
“b” or “c” below. However, the department may charge
interest on debts from the date they are established.
b. Repayment agreement. A repayment agreement may be
negotiated for a time period not to exceed one year. The agreement must be
written and signed by both parties. The agreement must include a schedule of
payments which includes exact payment dates, amount of debt and each payment,
interest, dates of agreement and a requirement for payment in full for breach of
the agreement by the chief elected official board.
c. Allocation reduction. Where allowable, a reduction may be
made in a chief elected official board’s budget to offset a debt. This
may be done in cases where the misexpenditure of funds was not due to willful
disregard of the Act or regulations, gross negligence, failure to observe
accepted standards of administration or a pattern of misexpenditure. Such
allocation reductions will come from administrative funds only.
877—7.18(84A,PL105–220) Grantee report
requirements.
7.18(1) Financial reports. Financial status reports,
fund source pages and funds verification forms are tools used by the department
for oversight of financial activity, as well as providing the documentation
necessary to complete state and federal reports. Failure to report in a timely
manner may result in advance payment delays, negative performance evaluations or
possible termination of the contract.
a. Financial status reports/fund source
pages. Expenditures must be reported according to the
programs and cost categories identified in the budget summary section of each
contract. Revenue is reported according to the amount drawn from the
department, via wire transfer, at the end of the reporting period. At least
quarterly (September, December, March and June reports) expenditures must be
reported on an accrued cost basis. Expenditures should further be reported on a
modified first–in, first–out basis, which means the oldest
year’s funds, by cost category, are to be expended first. Financial
status reports and fund source pages are to be submitted to Department of
Workforce Development, Bureau of Financial Management, 1000 E. Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319.
b. Funds verification forms. Funds drawn
by the contractor from the department are done so by electronic funds transfer.
The funds are generally requested on Monday of each week and distributed on
Friday of the same week. Exceptions are made for weeks that include holidays
and those are addressed on a case–by–case basis. The financial
management bureau of the department shall notify contractors in advance of
call–in date changes. Funds are requested by preparation of an electronic
funds verification form that is attached to an E–mail request. This is
sent to the financial management bureau and is the basis for the Friday wire
transfer. In order to establish a wire transfer system for a contractor, bank
account information must be received by the department two weeks prior to the
first wire transfer of funds. The timing of the contractor’s receipt of
funds and the disbursement of those funds must be done in a manner that
minimizes the time that elapses between those two transactions.
7.18(2) Program reports. The information entered into
the department’s management information system is the official database to
be used for reporting. Reports are to be submitted to the program coordinator
responsible for each individual program. Monthly expenditure reports are due on
the twentieth of the month following the month that is being reported. Final
federal program reports for adult and dislocated worker programs are due August
15 of each year. Final federal program reports for youth programs are due May
15 of each year.
7.18(3) Performance reports. Progress on performance
objectives must be reported to the department on a quarterly basis. Quarterly
progress reports are due from each regional workforce investment board on
October 30, January 31, and April 30 of each year. The annual progress report
is due from each region to the department on August 15 of each year.
877—7.19(84A,PL105–220) Compliance review
system. The department shall conduct annual financial, program, and quality
reviews.
7.19(1) Financial compliance reviews. An annual
financial compliance review shall be conducted by the department. The
on–site reviews will be of all programs administered through written
agreement between the department, the subrecipient, and the fiscal agents.
Monitoring of non–fiscal agent entities will be limited to those
subcontractors of the department that receive $100,000 or more during the fiscal
year. The monitoring will be performed to ensure compliance with, but is not
limited to, federal and state laws and regulations, the workforce development
center system handbook, welfare–to–work handbook, contractual
agreements with the department, and generally accepted accounting principles,
memorandum(s) of understanding, resource sharing agreements and cost allocation
plans.
7.19(2) Program compliance reviews. An annual program
compliance review shall be conducted by the department. The reviews will focus
on the designated service providers for various programs. The on–site
reviews include, but are not limited to, the following: activities and services;
applicant and participant processes; participant eligibility; participant file
review; procurement procedures; management information systems; local plans; and
verifications of program performance. The review will ensure local compliance
with the applicable state and federal laws and regulations.
7.19(3) Initial determination. Separate initial
determination letters are completed for each on–site visit. The report
shall include a description of findings, which includes specific references to
the standards, policies or procedures which have been violated; if necessary,
recommended and required corrective action to be implemented by the contractor,
designated service provider or coordinating service provider; a description of
any questioned costs, including the amount; and time frames for completing any
corrective action and responding to the initial report. Responses to the
initial determination letter shall be submitted to the department within 20 days
from the date of receipt of the letter.
7.19(4) Final determination. A final determination
letter shall be issued to the subrecipient within 20 days after receipt of the
response from the fiscal agent. The letter shall state the department’s
determination on all findings that required a response and the notification of
the right to appeal the final determination. If any findings are unresolved or
if costs are disallowed, the letter shall also include a description of the
unresolved finding(s); a citation or reference to the applicable regulations or
policies on which the finding was based; the final determination of the
department on each unresolved finding; and, if there are disallowed costs, the
amount of costs disallowed and notification that an initial demand letter shall
be sent. Copies of the final determination letter shall be sent to each
region’s regional workforce investment board, chief elected official
board, and coordinating service provider chairs.
7.19(5) Follow–up. Follow–up on findings
identified shall be conducted during the following fiscal year’s review.
The department’s follow–up will review corrective actions taken in
response to those findings.
7.19(6) Appeals. The subrecipient may submit an
appeal of a final determination within ten days of receipt of the final
determination. The appeal may be on behalf of a designated service provider,
coordinating service provider or the fiscal agent. The appeal must be directed
to the Division Administrator, Division of Workforce Development Center
Administration, Department of Workforce Development, 150 Des Moines Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309. The request for an appeal must also include a copy of the
final determination and the basis for the appeal. Appeals shall be reviewed by
a three–member appeal committee which shall include one staff member from
three different bureaus in the department. Appeals shall be reviewed by staff
not actually involved in the on–site monitoring that resulted in the
original finding and subsequent final determination. A decision on the appeal
shall be rendered by a majority vote of the appeal committee. If the appeal
committee cannot arrive at a decision, the division administrator shall make the
final decision.
7.19(7) Quality reviews. The department shall conduct
annual quality reviews. The reviews will focus on overall workforce development
center system performance, customer satisfaction, and continuous
improvement.
a. System performance measures will be reviewed with the
coordinating service provider to identify areas of strength and areas that may
need improvement. The review will include an interview with the required
workforce development center system partners individually or the partners as a
group, or both. The regional customer service plan will also be reviewed to
determine what progress is being made to meet the needs and priorities
identified by the regional workforce investment board and chief elected official
board. In the event system performance standards are not being met, the
objective of the review will be to help identify methods for improvement.
Should the same issues be identified for two consecutive years, a corrective
action plan will be required by the department. All other issues will be
referred to the regional workforce investment board for its action.
b. The memorandum(s) of understanding between the workforce
development center system partners and the regional workforce investment board
will be reviewed. The purpose is to ensure that the products and services
offered through the system are available, accessible, and being used.
c. The review will look at efforts being made to coordinate
workforce development services throughout the region, to build new partnerships,
and to assess the results of these efforts. This may include, but is not
limited to, joint grant applications, efforts to integrate services and minimize
duplication from the system, level of participation in the system by required
and voluntary partners, and unique funding or service delivery methods involving
multiple service providers.
d. Overall customer satisfaction of the workforce development
center system is to be evaluated. Randomly selected program participants and
employers identified in the common intake system will be interviewed. The
interview will include, at a minimum, a review of the customer file as presented
on the common intake system, the customers’ overall perception of how
they were treated, an evaluation of the services offered as compared to the
needs of the customer, and a review of the case file with the case
manager.
e. An exit interview will be conducted to review the findings
with the regional workforce investment board and coordinating service provider.
Methods for improving systems will be discussed and an agreement reached on
their implementation. The coordinating service provider will have 14 days to
respond to the findings and recommendations, at which time a final report will
be prepared and delivered to the chair of the regional workforce investment
board.
877—7.20(84A,PL105–220) Equal opportunity
compliance. Reserved.
877—7.21(84A,PL105–220) Regional level
complaint procedures. Each coordinating service provider must establish
procedures for grievances and complaints. At a minimum, the local procedures
must provide:
7.21(1) A process for dealing with grievances and
complaints from participants and other interested parties affected
by the local workforce investment system, including
one–stop partners and service providers;
7.21(2) An opportunity for an informal resolution and
a hearing to be completed within two days of the filing of the grievance or
complaint;
7.21(3) A process which allows an individual alleging
a labor standards violation to submit a grievance to a binding arbitration
procedure, if a collective bargaining agreement covering the parties to the
grievance so provides; and
7.21(4) An opportunity for a local level appeal to the
department when:
a. No decision is reached within 60 days; or
b. Either party is dissatisfied with the local hearing
decision.
7.21(5) Participants, service providers and other
interested individuals must be informed of the local complaint procedure in
writing, as well as the ability and procedures to appeal local decisions to the
department.
877—7.22(84A,PL105–220) Department complaint
procedures. Complaints may be filed with the department to resolve alleged
violations of the Act, federal or state regulations, grant agreement, contract
or other agreements under the Act. The department’s complaint procedure
may also be used to resolve complaints with respect to audit findings,
investigations or monitoring reports.
7.22(1) Grievances and complaints from customers and
other parties related to the regional workforce development center system and
regional programs shall be filed through regional complaint procedures. Any
party which has alleged violations at the regional level, and has filed a
complaint at the regional level, may request review by the department if that
party receives an adverse decision or no decision within 60 days of the date the
complaint was filed at the regional level.
7.22(2) Any interested person, organization or agency
may file a complaint. Complaints must be filed within 90 calendar days of the
alleged occurrence. Complaints must be clearly portrayed as such and meet the
following requirements:
a. Complaints must be legible and signed by the complainant or
the complainant’s authorized representative;
b. Complaints must pertain to a single subject, situation or
set of facts and pertain to issues over which the state has authority (unless
appealed from the regional level);
c. The name, address and telephone number (or TDD number) must
be clearly indicated. If the complainant is represented by an attorney or other
representative of the complainant’s choice, the name, address and
telephone number of the representative must also appear in the
complaint;
d. Complaints must state the name of the party or parties
complained against and, if known to the complainant, the address and telephone
number of the party or parties complained against;
e. Complaints must contain a clear and concise statement of
the facts, including pertinent dates, constituting the alleged
violations;
f. Complaints must cite the provisions of federal or state
regulations, grant agreements, or other agreements believed to have been
violated, if applicable;
g. Complaints must state the relief or remedial action(s)
sought;
h. Copies of documents supporting or referred to in the
complaint must be attached to the complaint; and
i. Complaints must be addressed to Complaint Officer, Division
of Workforce Development Center Administration, Department of Workforce
Development, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
7.22(3) A complaint is deemed filed with the
department when it has been received by the complaint officer and meets the
requirements outlined in 7.22(2). Upon receipt of a complaint, the department
will send a copy of the complaint and a letter of acknowledgment and notice to
the complainant and any persons or entities cited in the complaint within seven
calendar days. The letter of acknowledgment and notice shall contain the filing
date and notice of the following opportunities:
a. The opportunity for informal resolution of the complaint at
any time before a hearing is convened; and
b. The opportunity for a party to request a hearing by filing
with the complaint officer within seven calendar days of receipt of the
acknowledgment of the complaint.
7.22(4) Failure to file a written request for a
hearing within the time provided constitutes a waiver of the right to a hearing,
and a three–member panel shall rule on the complaint based upon the
information submitted. If a hearing is requested within seven calendar days of
receipt of the acknowledgment of the complaint, the hearing shall be held within
20 calendar days of the filing of the complaint. The party(ies) to the
complaint shall have the opportunity to submit written evidence, statements, and
documents in a time and manner prescribed by the complaint officer.
7.22(5) The complaint officer shall convene a review
panel of three agency staff members to review complaints within 20 calendar days
of the receipt of the complaint. The review panel may, at its discretion,
request oral testimony from the complainant and the parties complained against.
Within 30 calendar days of the receipt of the complaint, the review panel shall
issue a written decision, including the basis for the decision and, if
applicable, remedies to be granted. The decision shall detail the procedures
for a review by the director if the complainant is not satisfied with the
decision.
7.22(6) Party(ies) may appeal the decision by filing
an appeal with the complaint officer no later than 10 calendar days from the
issuance date of the decision. The complaint officer will forward the complaint
file to the director for review. If no appeal of the decision is filed within
the time provided, the decision shall become the final agency
decision.
7.22(7) A complaint may, unless precluded by statute,
be informally settled by mutual agreement of the parties at any time before a
hearing is convened. The settlement must be effected by a settlement agreement
or a statement from the complainant that the complaint has been withdrawn or
resolved to the complainant’s satisfaction. The complaint officer must
acknowledge the informal settlement and notify the parties of the final action.
With respect to the specific factual situation which is the subject of
controversy, the informal settlement constitutes a waiver by all parties of the
formalities to which they are entitled under the terms of the Iowa
administrative procedure Act, Iowa Code chapter 17A, the Act, and the rules and
regulations of the Act.
7.22(8) Upon receipt of a timely request for a
hearing, the complaint officer shall assign the matter to a panel. The panel
will give all parties at least seven days’ written notice either by
personal service or certified mail of the date, time and place of the hearing.
The notice may be waived in case of emergency, as determined by the panel, or
for administrative expediency upon agreement of the interested
parties.
a. The notice of hearing shall include:
(1) A statement of the date, time, place, nature of the
hearing;
(2) A brief statement of the issues involved; and
(3) A statement informing all parties of their opportunities
at the hearing.
b. All parties are granted the following opportunities at
hearing:
(1) Opportunity for the complainant to withdraw the request
for hearing before the hearing;
(2) Opportunity to reschedule the hearing for good cause,
provided the hearing is not held later than 20 days after the filing of the
complaint;
(3) Opportunity to be represented by an attorney or other
representative of choice at the complainant’s expense;
(4) Opportunity to respond and present evidence and bring
witnesses to the hearing;
(5) Opportunity to have records or documents relevant to the
issues produced by their custodian when such records or documents are kept by or
for the state, contractor or its subcontractor in the ordinary course of
business and where prior reasonable notice has been given to the complaint
officer;
(6) Opportunity to question any witnesses or
parties;
(7) The right to an impartial review panel; and
(8) A final written agency decision shall be issued within 60
days of the filing of the complaint.
7.22(9) An appeal to the director must be filed within
10 calendar days from the issuance date of the decision and include the date of
filing the appeal and the specific grounds upon which the appeal is made. Those
provisions upon which an appeal is not requested shall be considered resolved
and not subject to further review. Appeals must be addressed to Complaint
Officer, Division of Workforce Development Center Administration, Department of
Workforce Development, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
Upon receipt of an appeal, the complaint officer shall forward
the complaint file to the director. The complaint officer shall give written
notice to all parties of the filing of the appeal and set a deadline for
submission of all written evidence, statements, and documents. The director
shall consider all timely filed appeals, exceptions, statements, and documents
at the time the decision is reviewed. With the consent of the director, each
party may present oral argument. The director may adopt, modify or reject the
review panel’s decision or remand the case to the review panel for the
taking of such additional evidence and the making of such further findings of
fact, decision and order as the director deems necessary.
Upon completing the review of the review panel’s
decision, the director shall issue and forward to all parties a final written
decision no later than 60 days after the filing of the initial
complaint.
7.22(10) The director’s decision is final unless
the Secretary of Labor exercises the authority of federal review in accordance
with 20 CFR Part 667. Federal level review may be accepted by the Secretary if
the complaint meets the requirements of 20 CFR Part 667. Upon exhaustion of the
state’s grievance and complaint procedure, or when the Secretary has
reason to believe that the state is failing to comply with the Act, the state
plan, or the region’s customer service plan, the Secretary must
investigate the allegation or belief and determine within 120 days after
receiving the complaint whether such allegation or complaint is true.
7.22(11) Any party receiving an adverse decision at
the regional level may file an appeal within 10 calendar days to the
department’s complaint officer. In addition, any complaint filed at the
regional level with no decision within 60 days of the date of the filing may be
reviewed by the department. The request to review the complaint must be filed
with the complaint officer within 15 calendar days from the date on which the
decision should have been received. The appeal or request for review must
comply with the procedures as prescribed in 7.22(2) for filing a complaint. The
parties involved shall be afforded the rights and opportunities for filing a
state level complaint.
The complaint officer shall review all complaints filed within
seven calendar days. If the subject and facts presented in the complaint are
most relevant to regional policy, the complaint officer shall remand the
complaint to the coordinating service provider of the appropriate region for
resolution.
Failure to file the complaint or grievance in the proper venue
does not negate the complainant’s responsibility for filing the complaint
in the appropriate time frames.
7.22(12) A unit or combination of units of general
local governments or a rural concentrated employment program grant recipient
that requests, but is not granted automatic or temporary and subsequent
designation as a local workforce investment area, may appeal to the state
workforce development board within 30 days of the nondesignation. If the state
workforce development board does grant designation on appeal, the decision may
be appealed to the Secretary of Labor within 30 days of the written notice of
denial. The appeal must be submitted by certified mail, return receipt
requested, to the Secretary, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210.
The appellant must establish that it was not accorded procedural rights under
the appeal process described in the state plan or establish that it meets the
requirements for designation in the Act. The Secretary shall take into account
any comments submitted by the state workforce development board.
7.22(13) Training providers have the opportunity to
appeal denial of eligibility by a regional workforce investment board or the
department, termination of eligibility or other action by a regional workforce
investment board or the department, or denial of eligibility as a provider of
on–the–job training or customized training by the coordinating
service provider. All appeals must be filed with the department within 30 days
of receipt of written notice of denial or termination of eligibility.
Appellants must follow the procedures for a complaint described in 7.22(2).
Appeals shall be handled in the same manner as a complaint. State decisions
issued under this subrule may not be appealed to the Secretary of
Labor.
7.22(14) WIA participants subject to testing for use
of controlled substances and WIA participants who are sanctioned after testing
positive for the use of controlled substances may appeal to the department using
the procedures for a complaint described in 7.22(2). State decisions issued
under this subrule may not be appealed to the Secretary of Labor.
7.22(15) A workforce development region may appeal
nonperformance sanctions to the Secretary of Labor under the following
conditions:
a. The region has been found in substantial violation of WIA
Title I, and has received notice from the governor that either all or part of
the local plan will be revoked or that a reorganization will occur; or
b. The region has failed to meet regional performance measures
for two consecutive years and has received the governor’s notice of intent
to impose a reorganization plan.
Revocation of the regional plan or reorganization does not
become effective until the time for appeal has expired or the Secretary has
issued a decision. An appeal must be filed within 30 days after receipt of
written notification of plan revocation or imposed reorganization. It must be
submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to Secretary of Labor,
Attention: ASET, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20010. A copy of
the appeal must be simultaneously provided to the governor. In deciding the
appeal, the Secretary may consider comments submitted in response from the
governor. The Secretary will notify the governor and appellant in writing of
the Secretary’s decision within 45 days after receipt of the appeal filed
under 7.22(15)“a” above; and within 30 days after receipt of appeals
filed under 7.22(15)“b” above.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 84A.1
to 84A.1B, Iowa Code chapter 96, and the Workforce Investment Act of
1998.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 9659A
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 5, “Organization”;
Chapter 6, “Public Records and Fair Information Practices”; Chapter
9, “Declaratory Orders”; Chapter 25, “Continuing
Education”; Chapter 31, “Complaints and Investigations”; and
Chapter 51, “Contested Cases,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments change references to the board’s office
address.
In compliance with Iowa Code subsection 17A.4(2), the Board
finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary in that the
amendments reflect a change of office location and mailing address and such
amendments have been previously identified as a category of rules exempt from
notice.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code subparagraph
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of these rules should
be waived and the rules should become effective immediately upon filing. These
changes confer a benefit to the public and to persons regulated by the Board by
ensuring that references to the Board’s location and mailing address are
correct. The Board’s offices relocated in October 1999.
These amendments were approved at the January 20, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
These amendments became effective January 21, 2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend rule 650—5.5(153); subrule 6.3(1);
rule 650— 9.1(17A); subrule 9.3(3); rule
650—9.5(17A); subrule 9.6(2); subrule 25.4(3); rule
650—25.10(153); rule 650— 31.3(153); subrule
51.13(4); and subrule 51.13(5) by striking “Executive Hills
West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319” and inserting “400
S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.”
[Filed Emergency 1/21/00, effective 1/21/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9678A
LABOR SERVICES
DIVISION[875]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1) and
Iowa Code Supplement section 94A.5, the Labor Commissioner hereby amends Chapter
38, “Employment Agency Licensing,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendments relate to licensing and operating procedures
for employment agencies. The amendments implement legislation enacted by 1999
Iowa Acts, House File 521 [Iowa Code Supplement chapter 94A]. The legislation
narrows the scope of private employment agency licensing.
These amendments remove provisions no longer applicable under
the new legislation which exempts the licensing requirement for employment
agencies charging fees only to employers. Additionally, the rules set forth
activities not considered to constitute an employment agency.
The purposes of these amendments are to implement the statute;
further the legislative goals; and improve administrative efficiency and
effectiveness.
No waiver provision is included because the Division of Labor
Services has filed a Notice of Intended Action regarding the adoption of
agencywide waiver rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 25, 1999, as ARC 9289A. No public
comments were received.
These amendments are different from the Notice of Intended
Action. A definition of “agency” is added; numerous nonsubstantive
editing changes have been made; additional language describing the documents
that must accompany an application form is added; changes to make the rules more
consistent with the statute have been made; child support noncompliance is added
as a basis for denial, revocation or suspension of a license; and rule
875—38.9(94) is rescinded.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2),
these amendments will become effective upon publication on February 9, 2000.
The Labor Commissioner finds that these amendments remove restrictions on a
segment of the public.
These amendments will become effective on February 9,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement chapter 94A.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 875—Chapter 38
by changing the parenthetical implementation statute from chapter
“94” or chapter “95” to “94A” wherever it
appears.
ITEM 2. Amend 875—Chapter 38
by striking all rule implementation clauses and inserting at the end of the
chapter the following language: “These rules are intended to implement
Iowa Code Supplement chapter 94A.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule
875—38.1(94A) by striking the definitions “applicant,”
“licensee” and “private employment agency (agency)” and
inserting the following new definitions in alphabetical
order:
“Agency” means employment agency.
“Employee” means a person who seeks employment or
who obtains employment through an employment agency.
“Employment agency” means a person who brings
together those desiring to employ and those desiring employment and who receives
a fee, privilege, or other consideration directly or indirectly from an employee
for the service. “Employment agency” does not include a person who
furnishes or procures theatrical, stage, or platform attractions or amusement
enterprises.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 38.2(1) to read as
follows:
38.2(1) Application. An application
PEA–1(3096164) for a license must be made in writing to
the commissioner upon forms designated by the commissioner
Form PEA–1(309–6164). Forms to be completed include
the The application and affidavit form
and shall be accompanied by two copies
each of the employer
employee–paid fee and applicant paid fee schedules
schedule Form PEA–2(309–6164); $75 nonrefundable fee; and all
contract forms to be signed by an employee. The application shall also
be accompanied by a surety company bond in the sum of $30,000, to be approved by
the commissioner and conditioned to pay any damages that may accrue to any
person due to a wrongful act or violation of law on the part of the applicant in
the conduct of business.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 38.2(2) to read as
follows:
38.2(2) Name. No licensee
agency shall use any name, symbol or abbreviation deceptively similar to
or reasonably likely to be confused with the name used by an existing
licensee agency, any governmental
agency unit, or nonprofit agency
organization.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 38.2(3) by
striking “Iowa Code section 95.2” and inserting in lieu thereof
“Iowa Code Supplement chapter 94A.”
ITEM 7. Amend subrules 38.2(4) and
38.2(5), 38.6(3) to 38.6(5), 38.8(1) and 38.8(3)
by striking the word “licensee” or “licensees” and
inserting in lieu thereof the word “agency” or
“agencies” as appropriate.
ITEM 8. Rescind subrules
38.2(7), 38.6(6), and 38.8(4) and rules
875—38.3(94,95,17A) to 38.5(94,95,17A), 38.7(94),
38.9(94) and 38.10(95).
ITEM 9. Adopt new rule
875—38.3(94A) as follows:
875—38.3(94A) Non–employment agency
activity. The following activities do not require an employment agency
license:
1. Appraisal of an employee’s qualifications.
2. Development of career goals and marketing plans.
3. Preparation and printing of
résumés.
4. Instruction on interview techniques and
networking.
5. Counseling on negotiating pay and fringe
benefits.
6. Assistance in obtaining employment when provided by
schools, colleges, trade unions, and similar organizations for their students or
members if any fees paid are for tuition, training, or dues and would be charged
even if the student or member did not attempt to utilize the
organization’s employment search services.
7. Furnishing or procuring theatrical, stage, or platform
attractions or amusement enterprises.
8. Any activity by a governmental unit.
ITEM 10. Adopt new rule
875—38.4(94A) as follows:
875—38.4(94A) Complaints. Written complaints by
an aggrieved party will be investigated. The commissioner will notify the
aggrieved party in writing of the outcome of the investigation. The
commissioner may take any appropriate action including denial, revocation,
reprimand, and suspension.
ITEM 11. Adopt new rule
875—38.5(17A,94A,252J) as follows:
875—38.5(17A,94A,252J) Denials, revocations,
reprimands and suspensions.
38.5(1) The commissioner may deny, revoke, or suspend
a license or issue a reprimand when the commissioner finds that any of the
following conditions exist:
a. The license applicant has violated any of the provisions of
Iowa Code Supplement chapter 94A or the rules of this chapter; or
b. The child support recovery unit of the department of human
services has issued a certificate of noncompliance to an employment agency;
or
c. The license application or its required attachments are
inaccurate, incomplete or otherwise insufficient.
38.5(2) Contested cases shall be governed by Iowa Code
chapter 17A and Iowa Administrative Code 875—Chapter 1, Division
V.
ITEM 12. Amend subrules
38.6(1), 38.6(2), 38.6(5), and 38.8(3), paragraph
“b,” by striking the last sentence regarding licenses
exempted under Iowa Code section 94.6.
ITEM 13. Amend subrules 38.6(1) to
38.6(3), 38.6(5), 38.8(1), and 38.8(3) by striking
the words “applicant”, “applicants” or
“applicant’s” and inserting the words “employee”,
“employees” or “employee’s” as
applicable.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 38.6(4) as
follows:
38.6(4) Each licensee agency
shall keep conspicuously posted at its place of business a copy of
each the agency’s schedule of fees on file with
the commissioner. The schedules shall be printed in not less than 8–point
type.
ITEM 15. Amend paragraph
38.8(2)“c” by striking the telephone number
“(515)281–3606” and inserting in lieu thereof the number
“(515)281–8493”.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 1/21/00, effective
2/9/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9639A
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 177,
section 5, the Treasurer of State hereby amends Chapter 4, “Linked
Investments for Tomorrow (LIFT),” Iowa Administrative Code.
New rule 781—4.11(78GA,ch177) replaces the current
procedures governing the participation, forms, and use of proceeds in the
Value–Added Agriculture LIFT program.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Treasurer
finds that notice and public participation are contrary to the public interest
due to the current state of the agricultural economy. This rule confers an
immediate benefit to the people of Iowa by providing producers with access to
capital for value–added agriculture as quickly as possible.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), this
amendment became effective on January 18, 2000. The Treasurer finds that this
amendment confers a benefit on the people of Iowa by providing producers with
access to capital for value–added agriculture as quickly as possible, due
to the current state of the agricultural economy.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 12.43B (1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 177, section 5).
The amendment became effective on January 18, 2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 781—4.11(12) and adopt the following
new rule:
781—4.11(12) LIFT – value–added
agriculture linked investment loan program.
4.11(1) Definitions.
“Agricultural commodities” means corn, soybeans,
oats, hay, hogs, cattle, dairy cattle, milk, sheep, chicken, turkey and
eggs.
“Economic development officials” means
value–added agriculture experts from the Iowa department of economic
development, the department of agriculture and land stewardship and any other
governmental, academic and industry groups involved in promoting
value–added agriculture.
“Value–added agriculture” means processing
agricultural commodities raised in Iowa into a more highly valued state by the
addition of capital and labor inputs in which the form of the original
agricultural commodity is changed or the agricultural commodity is produced for
a new market.
“Value–added project” means specific company
or business operation that qualifies for the value–added linked investment
program.
4.11(2) Eligibility.
a. The value–added project, business or farming
operation, borrower, and lender must be located in Iowa.
b. The borrower must be at least 18 years of age.
c. A borrower that is currently participating in any LIFT
program or that has previously participated in any LIFT program in the state
treasurer’s office, other than traditional livestock, is not
eligible.
4.11(3) Terms and conditions.
a. A borrower who qualifies for a value–added linked
investment loan may use the loan proceeds for new debt directly related to a
value–added agriculture project approved by the state treasurer’s
office. The borrower may not refinance debt under this program.
b. A borrower who qualifies for a value–added linked
investment loan may not use the loan proceeds for financing of
vehicles.
c. The maximum any value–added project can receive from
all borrowers shall be $1,000,000. The treasurer may increase this amount for a
specific project, in consultation with economic development officials, when
unique or compelling circumstances merit such an action.
d. The maximum amount that a borrower may borrow from this
program is $250,000.
e. For a value–added linked investment, the initial
certificate of deposit for a given borrower shall have a maturity of one year.
The certificate of deposit may be renewed on an annual basis for a total term
not to exceed five years.
4.11(4) Application process and evaluation.
a. A lender shall use Form 655–0217 to apply for the
program and verify that the borrower qualifies for the program.
b. The treasurer of state recognizes this program is part of a
state effort to develop and promote value–added agriculture. Economic
development officials will make recommendations to the treasurer’s office
on the type of projects that they believe would best suit the LIFT
value–added program. The treasurer will give stronger consideration to
these types of projects.
c. Applications will be reviewed by the treasurer’s
office to determine that they meet the requirements under the Iowa Code and
administrative rules.
d. Prospective projects that are not part of the economic
development officials’ recommendations will be forwarded to one or more
economic development officials for review and comment.
e. The recommendations of the economic development officials
will be given full and fair consideration but they are not conclusive.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 12.43B.
[Filed Emergency 1/14/00, effective 1/18/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
FILED
ARC 9682A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 159.5(11), the
Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship rescinds Chapter 10, “Rural
Revitalization Program,” Chapter 11, “Apple Grading,” Chapter
15, “Pilot Lamb and Wool Management Education Project,” Chapter 21,
“Multiflora Rose Eradication Program for Cost Reimbursement,”
Chapter 70, “Contracts for Dairy Inspection Services,” and Chapter
75, “Production and Sale of Eggs,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 3, 1999, as ARC 9463A. The adopted
amendment is identical to the one published under Notice of Intended Action. No
public comment was received on the proposed amendment.
This amendment will become effective March 15, 2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
159.5(11).
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind and reserve 21—Chapters 10, 11, 15, 21,
70 and 75.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9683A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11),
159.6(2), 163.1(1), and 166D.1, the Department of Agriculture and Land
Stewardship hereby amends Chapter 64, “Infectious and Contagious
Diseases,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments require testing of all swine premises in the
Stage II area during the first eight months of 2000, require testing of
off–site nursery units located in counties with a pseudorabies prevalence
of 3 percent or greater as a condition of animals’ being allowed to move
off site, and require permitting of movements other than to slaughter in
infected herds.
A waiver does not exist as the Department feels that a waiver
would hamper the progress toward eradication of pseudorabies.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on December 15, 1999, as ARC 9546A. Two written
comments were received during the comment period. All parties providing
comments were invited to participate in a discussion of the proposed rules at
the Iowa Pseudorabies Advisory Committee meeting held January 12, 2000, at the
Iowa Pork Producers Association. Additional concerned parties and individuals
also attended.
In response to public comment, the only changes made from the
Notice of Intended Action were that Items 4 and 5, requiring restricted movement
under seal to slaughter only for infected herds and instituting test and removal
for breeding herds, were deleted. Also, in Item 2, the requirement for testing
of off–site nurseries will apply only to nurseries residing in counties
with a pseudorabies prevalence of 3 percent or greater.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
163 and 166D.
These amendments will become effective on March 15,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 21—64.153(166D)
by adopting the following new subrule:
64.153(6) All premises containing swine which are
located in the Stage II area of Iowa must have a monitoring test for the
premises conducted between January 1, 2000, and August 31, 2000.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 64.156(2) by
adopting the following new paragraph:
f. Nursery units located in counties with a county
pseudorabies prevalence of 3 percent or greater and not in the vicinity of the
breeding herd are required to maintain a monitored status on the nursery unit in
order for the swine to be eligible to move to a finishing premises, irrespective
of whether there is a change of ownership. These testing requirements also
apply to swine eligible for relocation movement.
ITEM 3. Amend subparagraph
64.157(2)“c”(5) as follows:
(5) Feeder pig movement or relocation from the premises of
origin must be detailed in writing in the herd cleanup plan. If this movement,
or relocation, involves more than one district veterinarian’s area, all
participants must concur with the cleanup plan. Effective March 15, 2000,
all movements from infected premises, except to slaughter, shall be accompanied
by an Iowa Restricted Movement Permit. “Movement” in this paragraph
includes movement to a premises in the production system not in the vicinity of
the current location, irrespective of whether there is a change of
ownership;
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9638A
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING
BOARD[193B]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 544A.29, the
Architectural Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 2,
“Registration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapter 2 outline the requirements for
applying to take the architecture registration examination or applying for
registration by reciprocity.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 20, 1999, as ARC 9422A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments were adopted by the Board on January 11,
2000.
Waivers from provisions of these rules may be sought pursuant
to 193B—Chapter 9.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
544A.
These amendments will become effective March 15,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
193B—2.1(544A,17A), introductory paragraph and subrule 2.1(1), as
follows:
193B—2.1(544A,17A) Application for registration
by reciprocity. Applicants for registration by reciprocity
are required to make application to the National Council of Architectural
Registration Boards (NCARB), 1735 New York Avenue NW, Washington, D.C.
20006, for a council record certificate. A completed
state application form (available through NCARB) and a completed
NCARB council certificate record shall be transmitted
to and filed in the board office before an application will be considered by
the board. If prerequisite to examination, the state application form
and the council record shall be filed in the board office prior to the date
scheduled to take the examination.
2.1(1) The board, by approval of three of its members
who are registered architects, may waive examination requirements for architects
registered during the current year in another state or country where the
qualifications prescribed at the time of original registration were
equal substantially equivalent to those prescribed in
Iowa. For the purpose of determining substantially equivalent qualifications,
applicants who were originally registered in another state after July 1,
1984, shall have a NAAB–accredited professional degree and applicants
registered after June 1, 1991, shall have met the Training Requirements for
Intern–Architect Development Program (IDP). Applicants shall be
deemed to have met the “Training Requirements for
Intern–Architect Development Program
(IDP)” requirement regardless of the date of
completion of the required experience, provided the experience was completed
prior to filing an application for Iowa registration. The board shall find
probable cause for disciplinary action if the registrant’s registration in
any other state is revoked for statutory reasons or incompetence.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve subrule
2.1(2).
ITEM 3. Amend rule
193B—2.2(544A,17A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
193B—2.2(544A,17A) Admittance to
examination Application for registration by examination. To
be admitted to the examination, an applicant for registration shall have
completed eligibility requirements of education and training standards for NCARB
certification and attained an NCARB council record. A completed NCARB
council record shall be transmitted to and filed in the board office prior to
the scheduling of an examination. Applicants shall also file a state
eligibility form and pay a $100 application fee for processing of examination
results.
ITEM 4. Adopt new subrule
2.2(3) as follows:
2.2(3) To qualify for registration, all applicants
shall pass all divisions of the Architectural Registration Examination (ARE)
prepared and provided by the National Council of Architectural Registration
Boards (NCARB). Applicants who have previously passed any portion of formerly
required NCARB examinations will be granted credit for those portions passed in
accordance with procedures established by NCARB. Divisions of the examination
may be passed or failed separately in accordance with procedures established by
NCARB.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
193B—2.3(544A,17A) as follows:
193B—2.3(544A,17A) Reinstatement. An expired
certificate of registration can be reinstated by completing all
one of the following options:
2.3(1) Option 1.
1. Paying a reinstatement fee of $50 per year of expired
registration, up to a maximum of $350.
2. Paying the current renewal fee.
3. Submitting documented evidence of completion of 12 contact
hours (8 hours in public protection subjects) of continuing education for each
year of expired registration in compliance with the requirements in
193B—Chapter 3 up to a maximum of 48 contact hours (32 hours in public
protection subjects).
2.3(2) Option 2. File a new application for
registration as prescribed in rule 193B—2.1(544A,17A) and subrules 2.1(1)
and 2.2(3).
2.3(1) Rescinded IAB 12/2/98,
effective 1/6/99.
2.3(2) Rescinded IAB 12/2/98,
effective 1/6/99.
[Filed 1/12/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9661A
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 1, “Definitions,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board of Dental Examiners ratified a recommendation by the
Dental Hygiene Committee of the Board to proceed with rule making that
affirmatively allows dental hy–gienists to perform the activities
described in the rules.
No waiver provision has been provided in specific
circumstances as the amendment defines the meaning of dental hygiene.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on December 15, 1999, as ARC 9552A. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on January 5, 2000. No oral comments were
received at the hearing. However, two written comments were received. In
response to the written comments, the following two changes have been
made:
1. In written comments, the Iowa Dental Hygienists’
Association questioned the use of the statement, “However, the rules do
not preclude the performance of such activities by other dental
auxiliary,” which was in the preamble to the Noticed rules. This
statement was used in the preamble to note that some of the services listed in
the definition of dental hygiene may also be performed by other dental auxiliary
personnel. However, in response to this comment, the Board’s first change
from the Notice of Intended Action is to add the following sentence to specify
which services may only be delegated to a hygienist: “The following
services may only be delegated by a dentist to a dental hygienist:
administration of local anesthesia, placement of sealants, and the removal of
any plaque, stain, calculus, or hard natural or synthetic material except by
toothbrush, floss, or rubber cup coronal polish.” This clarification was
supported by representatives from the Iowa Dental Hygienists’ Association,
Iowa Dental Assistants Association, and Iowa Dental Association at an informal
meeting to discuss pending legislation to regulate dental assistants.
2. In response to written comments from the Iowa Dental
Association, the Board’s second change is to add the following phrase to
clarify that hygienists perform services that have been delegated and are under
the supervision of a licensed dentist, “which are delegated by and under
the supervision of a dentist licensed pursuant to Iowa Code chapter
153.”
These amendments were approved at the January 20, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
153.15.
These amendments will become effective on March 15,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend 650—1.1(153), definition of “Practice
of dental hygiene,” as follows:
“Practice of dental hygiene” as defined in Iowa
Code section 153.15 includes assisting the dental profession in
providing oral health care by performing the following services:
means the performance of the following educational, therapeutic, preventive
and diagnostic dental hygiene procedures which are delegated by and under the
supervision of a dentist licensed pursuant to Iowa Code chapter
153.
1. Educational: Issuing written and oral instructions
for optimal oral health, including the teaching of proper brushing techniques
and interdental stimulation; assess the need for, plan, implement and evaluate
oral health education programs for individual patients and community
groups. Assessing the need for, planning, implementing, and
evaluating oral health education programs for individual patients and community
groups; conducting workshops and in–service training sessions on dental
health for nurses, school personnel, institutional staff, community groups and
other agencies providing consultation and technical assistance for promotional,
preventive and educational services.
2. Therapeutic: Perform oral prophylaxis including
removing supragingival and subgingival deposits and polishing restorations and
removable prostheses; application or administration of medicaments prescribed by
a licensed dentist; remove excess restorative materials, recognize and assist in
management of medical and dental emergencies. Identifying and
evaluating factors which indicate the need for and performing (a) oral
prophylaxis, which includes supragingival and subgingival debridement of plaque,
and detection and removal of calculus with instruments or any other devices; (b)
periodontal scaling and root planing; (c) removing and polishing hardened excess
restorative material;(d) administering local anesthesia with the proper permit;
(e) applying or administering medicaments prescribed by a dentist, including
chemotherapeutic agents and medicaments or therapies for the treatment of
periodontal disease and caries.
3. Preventive: The topical application of medicaments
and other methods for caries control. Applying pit and fissure
sealants and other medications or methods for caries and periodontal disease
control; organizing and administering fluoride rinse or sealant
programs.
4. Diagnostic: Provide diagnostic aids including
taking and recording medical and dental histories; making impressions for
diagnostic models; exposing radiographs; making occlusal registrations for
mounting study casts; testing pulp vitality; recording vital signs; making and
analyzing dietary surveys; and indexing dental and periodontal disease, and any
other abnormal conditions; perform oral inspection. Reviewing
medical and dental health histories; performing oral inspection; indexing dental
and periodontal disease; making occlusal registrations for mounting study casts;
testing pulp vitality; analyzing dietary surveys.
The following services may only be delegated by a dentist
to a dental hygienist: administration of local anesthesia, placement of
sealants, and the removal of any plaque, stain, calculus, or hard natural or
synthetic material except by toothbrush, floss, or rubber cup coronal
polish.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9660A
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 10, “General,” and
Chapter 29, “Deep Sedation/General Anesthesia, Conscious Sedation and
Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapters 10 and 29 are amended to rescind a portion of subrule
10.3(1) and subrules 29.6(4) and 29.6(5) relating to dental hygienists and the
monitoring of nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia. These subrules were
considered by the members of the Administrative Rules Review Committee on
September 15, 1999, and the Committee voted to impose a session delay on ARC
9274A. On January 4, 2000, the Administrative Rules Review Committee voted
to lift the session delay on subrule 29.6(6), which was a part of ARC
9274A.
The rules do not provide a specific provision for waiver as
the amendments rescind existing rules that are currently under session
delay.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on December 15, 1999, as ARC 9553A. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on January 5, 2000. No written or oral
comments were received.
These amendments were approved at the January 20, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
153.33 and 153.34.
These amendments will become effective on March 15,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 10.3(1) as
follows:
10.3(1) The monitoring of nitrous oxide
inhalation analgesia pursuant to 650—29.6(153) and the
administration of local anesthesia shall only be provided under the direct
supervision of a dentist. Direct supervision of the dental hygienist requires
that the supervising dentist be present in the treatment facility, but it is not
required that the dentist be physically present in the treatment room.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve subrules
29.6(4) and 29.6(5).
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9685A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development amends Chapter 51,
“Self–Employment Loan Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Item 1 increases the income restriction from 125 percent to
200 percent of the poverty level guidelines as annually published by the
Department of Health and Human Services. This revision will enable more
low–income clients to access the program.
Item 2 updates the list of business training available and
also establishes a minimum length of time for the training sessions. The
amendment rescinds references to training programs that are no longer in
existence and adds a list of programs currently offered. A minimum amount of
training is needed in order to prepare the applicant to develop a business plan
and open a business. A number of clients for this program do not have
postsecondary education; therefore, training in accounting, marketing, and some
of the other key aspects of opening a business are important.
Item 3 removes the limitation on the amount of management
assistance a business may receive each year. This amendment permits the
Department to assign more assistance to those businesses that need it and helps
improve the sustainability of a business. The type of assistance that is
typically provided is comprehensive management assis–tance. Under this
type of assistance, a contractor is hired to assist the business owner with any
problems that may be encountered in connection with marketing, bookkeeping, and
other business–related activities.
These amendments were Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published as ARC 9475A on November 17, 1999. Notice of Intended Action
to solicit comment on that submission was published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin as ARC 9474A on November 17, 1999. A public hearing was held on
December 7, 1999. No comments were received. The final amendments are
identical to the proposed amendments.
The Iowa Department of Economic Development Board adopted
these amendments on January 20, 2000.
These amendments will become effective on March 15, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.241.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 51.3(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
51.3(3) Income. To qualify to apply for a
loan, an applicant must have annualized household family income that is
equal to or less than 125 200 percent of the most
current poverty guidelines as published on an annual basis by the Department of
Health and Human Services (DHHS). For purposes of calculating family income,
exclusions are:
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 51.3(7) as
follows:
51.3(7) Experience. Prior to applying for SELP
funding, an An applicant must have successfully completed a
comprehensive business training program no less than four weeks in
length including, but not limited to, programs such as SEID
Next Level, WEDGE FasTrack, Drake’s
Minority Business Venture FirstStep, or other programs developed by
a John Papajohn Entrepreneurial Center, Small Business Development Center, or
the Institute for Social and Economic Development and Kirkwood
Community College’s Rural Development Center; or be able to demonstrate a
basic knowledge of business strategy and planning documented by previous
successful business management or ownership; or be willing to enroll in a
business training program; or agree in writing to accept and utilize
ongoing technical assistance.
ITEM 3. Amend
51.3(8)“e”(3) as follows:
(3) Disbursement. Each eligible business may receive
up to $2,500 funding for individualized
management assistance per year. All funds under the
comprehensive management assistance program will be paid directly to the service
provider. No funds will be given directly to the business.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9667A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby rescinds Chapter 3, “Declaratory
Rulings,” and adopts a new Chapter 3, “Declaratory Orders,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment is necessary to bring the Board’s rules
into compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.9 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1202.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9403A on October 6, 1999. A public
hearing on the proposed rules was held on November 12, 1999. No one attended
this hearing, and no written comments were received.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.9
as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202.
These rules will become effective March 15, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 3
DECLARATORY ORDERS
The board of educational examiners hereby adopts the
declaratory orders segment of the Uniform Rules on Agency Procedure printed in
the first volume of the Iowa Administrative Code, with the following
amendments:
282—3.1(17A) Petition for declaratory order.
Throughout the rule, in lieu of the words “(designate agency)”,
insert “the Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office
Building”. In lieu of the words “(AGENCY NAME)”, in the
heading on the petition insert “BEFORE THE BOARD OF EDUCATIONAL
EXAMINERS”.
282—3.2(17A) Notice of petition. In lieu of the
words “___ days (15 or less)”, insert “15
days”.
282—3.3(17A) Intervention.
3.3(1) In lieu of the words “___ days”,
insert “15 days”.
282—3.5(17A) Inquiries. In lieu of the words
“(designate official by full title and address)”, insert
“Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147”.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.9
as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9668A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby rescinds Chapter 4, “Agency
Procedure for Rule Making,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts a new
Chapter 4 with the same title.
This amendment is necessary to bring the Board’s rules
into compliance with Iowa Code chapter 17A as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter
1202.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9404A on October 6, 1999. A public
hearing was held on November 12, 1999. No one attended this hearing, and no
written comments were received.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A as
amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202.
These rules will become effective March 15, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 4
AGENCY PROCEDURE FOR RULE MAKING
The board of educational examiners hereby adopts the agency
procedure for rule making segment of the Uniform Rules on Agency Procedure
printed in the first volume of the Iowa Administrative Code, with the following
amendments:
282—4.3(17A) Public rule–making
docket.
4.3(2) Anticipated rule making. In lieu of the words
“(commission, board, council, director)”, insert “board of
educational examiners”.
282—4.4(17A) Notice of proposed rule
making.
4.4(3) Copies of notices. In lieu of the words
“(specify time period)”, insert “one year”.
282—4.5(17A) Public participation.
4.5(1) Written comments. In lieu of the words
“(identify office and address)”, insert “Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0147”.
4.5(5) Accessibility. In lieu of the words
“(designate office and phone number)”, insert “the executive
director at (515)281–5849”.
282—4.6(17A) Regulatory analysis.
4.6(2) Mailing list. In lieu of the words
“(designate office)”, insert “Board of Educational Examiners,
Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0147”.
282—4.11(17A) Concise statement of
reasons.
4.11(1) General. In lieu of the words
“(specify the office and address)”, insert “Board of
Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0147”.
282—4.13(17A) Agency rule–making
record.
4.13(2) Contents. In lieu of the words
“(agency head)”, insert “executive director”.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A as
amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9669A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby rescinds Chapter 11,
“Complaints—Rules of Practice and Procedure Before the Board,”
and adopts in lieu thereof the following new Chapter 11, “Complaints,
Investigations, Contested Case Hearings,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Adoption of the new chapter is necessary to bring the
Board’s rules into compliance with Iowa Code section 17A as amended by
1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9405A on October 6, 1999. A public
hearing was held on October 28, 1999. No one attended this hearing, and one
written comment was received from one agency.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A as
amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, and chapter 272.
These rules will become effective on March 15, 2000.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 11] is being omitted. These rules are identi–
cal to those published under Notice as ARC 9405A, IAB
10/6/99.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published
2/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/9/00.]
ARC 9671A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 17,
“Renewal of Licenses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments change the wording of the description of the
staff development officer responsible for licensure from “staff
development” to “licensure renewal” to clarify the specific
nature of this position and to alleviate the confusion between this position and
other staff development positions. These amendments also eliminate the need for
one college credit in order to renew a practitioner’s license.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9406A, on October 6, 1999. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on November 16, 1999. Seven letters were
received and five persons presented oral testimony. Public comment centered on
two areas: (1) to allow more flexibility in the design of coursework for
licensure renewal programs, and (2) to clarify the wording in the requirements
for a licensure renewal coordinator.
Due to the comments received, a few changes were made to the
Noticed amendments. In subrule 17.11(4), first unnumbered paragraph, the phrase
“the AEA’s license renewal courses” was changed to
“approved license renewal programs.” The sentence now reads as
follows: “The following indicators of quality will be used in evaluating
the approved license renewal programs.” The word “or” was
inserted at the end of subparagraphs 17.11(4)“a”(1) and (2) to allow
for an option among the three indicators of quality listed. Also, in
subparagraph (2), the phrase “evidenced through student performance”
was not adopted. The subparagraph now reads as follows: “The courses
assist teachers in improving student learning, or”.
In subrule 17.11(6), paragraph “a,” first
sentence, the term “PK–12” was changed to the phrase
“(elementary or secondary)” for clarification. The words “and
who shall serve in this capacity at least 50 percent of the time” were
stricken. The sentence now reads as follows: “Each agency or
organization offering an approved licensure renewal program shall identify a
licensed (elementary or secondary) professional staff member who shall be
designated as coordinator of the program.”
These amendments will become effective on September 1,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 282—17.5(272) as
follows:
282—17.5(272) Renewal requirements for an
educational license. Six units are needed for renewal. These units may be
earned in any combination listed below.
1. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which leads toward the completion of a planned master’s,
specialist’s, or doctor’s degree program.
2. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds greater depth/breadth to
present endorsements held.
3. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads to completion of
requirements for an endorsement not currently held.
4. One unit may be earned upon completion of each
staff development licensure renewal course or activity
approved through guidelines established by the board of educational examiners.
A maximum of five units may be earned from this
section.
5. Four units may be earned for successful completion of the
National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification. This may be
used one time for either the educational or the professional teacher’s
license.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 282—17.7(272) as
follows:
282—17.7(272) Renewal requirements for a
professional administrator’s and area education agency
administrator’s license. Four units are needed for renewal. These
units may be earned in any combination listed below.
1. to 3. No change.
4. One unit may be earned upon completion of each
staff development licensure renewal course or activity
approved through guidelines established by the board of educational
examiners.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 282—17.9(272) as
follows:
282—17.9(272) Renewal requirements for a substitute
license. Meet one of the requirements listed below:
1. Verification of at least 30 days of substitute teaching
during the term of the license.
2. Completion of a local education agency or area education
agency course approved through staff development licensure
renewal guidelines established by the board of educational
examiners.
3. Completion of a community college, college, or university
course.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 282—17.11(272)
as follows:
282—17.11(272) Staff development programs
for license renewal Licensure renewal programs.
17.11(1) Application process. These rules are to be
followed in the preparation and submission of proposals for staff
development licensure renewal programs for renewal of
licenses. The application materials must be returned to the board of
educational examiners for review and approval.
Once the application has been submitted, it will be reviewed,
and the applicant agency will be notified of approval or nonapproval and any
deficiencies.
17.11(2) No change.
17.11(3) Authority. The acceptance of staff
development licensure renewal credit for license
renewal is provided in 17.5“5 4,”
17.6“5 4” and 17.7“5
4.”
17.11(4) Staff development
Licensure renewal courses.
a. Staff development Licensure renewal
courses for license renewal are planned experiences,
activities, and studies designed to increase professional
educators’ knowledge and improve their skills. develop skills,
techniques, knowledge, and understanding of educational research and best
practice, and model best practices in professional and organizational
development. These courses support school improvement processes and practices
and provide for the development of leadership in education. Approved
courses and programs must be designed to follow the terms of the renewal
requirements set forth for teacher and administrator renewal in
17.5“3 4,” 17.6“3
4” and 17.7“3 4.”
The courses must be based on documented need, clearly
developed program objectives, and the means to evaluate the attainment of these
objectives.
The following indicators of quality will be used in
evaluating the approved license renewal programs.
(1) The courses address specific student, teacher, and
school needs evidenced in local school improvement plans, or
(2) The courses assist teachers in improving student
learning, or
(3) The courses assist teachers in improving teaching
evidenced through the adoption or application of practices, strategies, and
information.
b. Approved teacher staff development
licensure renewal programs must offer and conduct a minimum of ten
different courses for teachers during the calendar year, and approved
administrative staff development licensure renewal
programs must conduct a minimum of five different courses for administrators
during the calendar year.
c. Clock hours. Fifteen scheduled clock hours of contact with
the instructor equal one renewal unit. Only whole units may be submitted to the
board of educational examiners for license renewal.
d. Only renewal units offered through board of educational
examiners approved staff development licensure renewal
programs will be accepted for license renewal.
17.11(5) Staff development
Licensure renewal advisory committee. Staff development
Licensure renewal programs for license renewal must be
developed with the assistance of a staff development
licensure renewal advisory committee.
a. Membership of the advisory committee. Once the advisory
committee is established, matters pertaining to the term of membership shall be
spelled out through established procedures. The advisory committee shall
consist of no fewer than five members. The staff development
licensure renewal coordinator shall forward the current updated list of
staff development licensure renewal advisory committee
members to the board of educational examiners no later than January
15 December 1 of each year.
(1) The staff development licensure
renewal advisory committee shall include the following persons for
teacher/administrator renewal programs:
1. Elementary and secondary classroom teachers.
2. Local administrators: elementary or secondary principals,
curriculum director or superintendent.
3. Higher education representative from a college or
university offering an approved teacher education program.
4. Other categories may be appointed: community college
teaching faculty, students, area education agency staff members, school board
members, members of educational professional organizations, business/industry
representatives, community representatives, representatives of substitute
teachers.
(2) The make–up of the membership should reflect the
ratio of teachers to administrators within an agency or organization offering an
approved staff development licensure renewal program.
The membership should reflect the general population by a balance of gender and
race and shall be balanced between urban and rural districts.
(3) The staff development licensure
renewal coordinator shall be a nonvoting advisory committee
member.
(4) Disputes about the appropriate composition of the
membership of the staff development licensure renewal
advisory committee shall be resolved through local committee
action.
b. Responsibilities of staff development
licensure renewal advisory committee.
(1) Staff development Licensure
renewal advisory committee shall be involved in:
1. The ongoing area education agency, local district, or other
agency staff development needs assessment.
2. The design and development of an original application for a
license renewal program.
3. The development of criteria for the selection of course
instructors, and these criteria shall include, but not be limited to, academic
preparation, experience and certification status.
4. The annual evaluation of staff development
licensure renewal programs.
(2) The advisory committee shall meet at least twice annually
and shall maintain records of each meeting. These records shall be available
for review by board staff and kept on file in the staff
development licensure renewal coordinator’s
office.
17.11(6) Staff development
coordinator. Licensure renewal coordinator.
a. Each agency or organization offering an approved
staff development licensure renewal program shall
identify a licensed (elementary or secondary) professional staff member
who shall be designated as coordinator for the program and who shall
serve in this capacity at least 50 percent of the time. This function
must be assigned; no application will be approved unless this responsibility has
been assigned.
b. Responsibility of staff development
licensure renewal coordinators.
(1) File all reports as requested by the board of educational
examiners.
(2) Submit an annual report on program offerings, participants
and related information annually on or before December 1.
(3) Serve as a contact person for the board of educational
examiners.
(4) Be responsible for the development of staff
development licensure renewal programs which address the
professional growth concerns of the clientele.
(5) Be responsible for the approval of all courses or units
offered for staff development license renewal licensure
renewal.
(6) Maintain records of approved courses as conducted and of
the names of the qualifying participants.
(7) Maintain a list of all course offerings and approved
instructors and forward the list to the board of educational
examiners.
(8) Provide a record of credit for each participant and
maintain a cumulative record of credits earned for each participant for a
minimum of ten five years.
(9) Be responsible for informing participants of the reporting
procedures for renewal credits/units earned.
17.11(7) Organization and administration.
a. Local school districts are encouraged to work cooperatively
with their respective area education agency in assessing needs and designing and
conducting courses.
b. The board of educational examiners reserves the right to
evaluate any course, to require submission of evaluation data and to conduct
sufficient on–site evaluation to ensure high quality of license
renewal staff development licensure renewal programs.
c. Agencies or institutions developing new programs shall
submit a letter of intent prior to the submission of an application. The
application must be filed at least three months prior to the initiation of any
planned staff development license licensure renewal
program.
d. Once a program is approved, the coordinator shall approve
all course offerings for staff development license
licensure renewal units.
e. Initial approval may be for one to three years. Continuing
approval may be granted for five–year terms. Continuing approval may
involve board of educational examiners sponsored team visits.
f. Records retention. Each approved staff development
agency/institution shall retain program descriptions, course activities,
documentation of the qualifications of delivery personnel, evaluation reports,
and completed renewal units for a period of ten five
years. This information shall be kept on file in the offices of the area
education agency staff development licensure renewal
coordinators and shall be made available to the board of educational examiners
upon request.
g. Monitoring and evaluation. Each approved staff
development licensure renewal program will be monitored by the
board of educational examiners to determine the extent to which the program
meets/continues to meet program standards and is moving toward the attainment of
program objectives. This will include an annual report which shall include
an annotated description of the courses provided, evidence of the collaborative
efforts used in developing the courses, evidence of the intended results of the
courses, and the data for demonstrating progress toward the intended
results.
17.11(8) Application for license
licensure renewal program.
a. Application approval. The application shall contain
evidence that the local board of directors (the board of directors in
consortium–based applications) has given formal approval to the
development and implementation of the program and the allocation of program
resources.
b. The application shall identify the criteria used in
selecting faculty/instructors for the staff development
licensure renewal programs. These criteria shall include qualifications,
experiences (relevant to the nature of the program), preparation and licensure
status.
c. There must be evidence of a current survey of staff needs
and an explanation of procedures used to derive such needs; this documentation
must be furnished as a part of the application for a license renewal
staff development licensure renewal program.
d. Programs developed by eligible agencies shall be based on
evidence gathered from a survey of staff needs of the personnel to be served by
the staff development licensure renewal
program.
e. Program objectives must be derived from identified staff
needs in the district or districts or special groups to be served; these
objectives shall be developed by the eligible agency seeking approval under
license renewal staff development licensure renewal
programs.
f. Each application must include procedures for program
evaluation; this evaluation must include faculty/instructor as well as
course/activity evaluation. Program and course/activity evaluation shall
include, but not be limited to, participant perceptions.
g. Evaluation. The evaluation shall include participant
perception and, whenever possible, observation data collection
techniques and analyses are required for each approved staff
development licensure renewal program.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 9/1/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9640A
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(5) and
section 17A.3 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, the State Board of
Education amends Chapter 63, “Educational Programs and Services for Pupils
in Juvenile Homes,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments align existing rules with statute. The
amendments incorporate uniform accounting procedures and uniform practices in
the administration of instructional programs for juvenile homes. The amendments
allow the Area Education Agencies (AEAs) greater flexibility in determining the
appropriate program to serve the needs of their student populations. The
amendments reflect current practices based on accounting publications, update
financial language, lower pupil–to–staff ratios, reduce unnecessary
restrictions and data burden, and provide waiver provisions.
Waivers are provided for student characteristics in subrules
63.13(4), 63.13(6), and 63.13(7). Waivers are provided in rule
281—63.21(282) for limitations on selected expenditures under paragraphs
63.18(1)“d,” 63.18(3)“a,” 63.18(3)“b,”
63.18(3)“e,” and 63.18(3)“g,” and subrules 63.18(4) and
63.18(5). Other rules in this chapter reflect statutory provisions; therefore,
a waiver of those rules or any portion of those rules would conflict with state
law or a waiver would not be in the public interest.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the November 17,
1999, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9465A.
Revisions were made to the amendments published in the Notice
of Intended Action. Revisions were made for clarification, to provide for
staffing in classes containing 20 through 30 students, and to allow greater
flexibility in staffing due to student characteristics. The waiver provision
related to rent was revised to exempt it from an annual request. A procedure
was written into the rules which would allow the AEA to request a review of any
waiver denial. These revisions were made based on public and Administrative
Rules Review Committee (ARRC) comments. Most public comments were related to
clarifications. Mixed comments were received regarding paying rent directly to
juvenile homes. Other comments were related to billing resident districts for
special education costs, which is a requirement under the Iowa Code. Juvenile
home providers expressed an interest in having instructional program
standardization.
These amendments were approved during the January 13, 2000,
meeting of State Board of Education.
These amendments will become effective on March 15,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
282.30 and 282.31.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend 281—Chapter 63 as follows:
CHAPTER 63
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
FOR
PUPILS IN JUVENILE HOMES
281—63.1(256 282) Scope.
These rules apply to the provision of educational programs in juvenile shelter
care homes and juvenile detention homes.
281—63.2(256 282)
Definitions.
63.2(1) Special programs cited in
1987 1999 Iowa Code Supplement section
282.30 shall be referred to as juvenile shelter care homes and juvenile
detention homes, and shall be referred to jointly as juvenile homes.
63.2(2) For purposes of this chapter,
“school corporation” shall refer to school districts, area education
agencies, and community colleges.
63.2(3) For purposes of this chapter,
“aides” shall refer to aides and para–educators as defined in
Iowa Code section 272.12.
281—63.3(256 282) Forms.
The department of education shall provide forms to area education agencies
(AEAs) for use by the juvenile home facilities requesting educational
services, for submitting program and budget proposals,
and for submitting claims. The annual dates for filing forms with the
department of education are January 1 of the prior fiscal year for AEAs to
submit proposed programs program and
budgets budget proposals, and August 1 of the
subsequent fiscal year for AEAs to file claims. The department of education
shall review and approve or modify the program and proposed
budget proposals and shall notify the AEA by February 1.
The department of education shall also provide forms to
AEAs for use by the juvenile homes requesting educational services. These forms
must be filed with the AEA annually by December 1 of the fiscal year prior to
the school year for which services are being requested.
281—63.4(282) Budget amendments. An
AEA shall amend the budget during the fiscal year in which actual classrooms
implemented are different than budgeted or there is a significant decrease or
increase in the student membership that would change the number of teachers or
aides necessary to support the average daily membership. An amendment shall
also be required if actual expenditures vary significantly from expenditures
which were budgeted. A significant variance in actual expenditures means that
the amount of funding which would be reverted to or due from the state equals or
exceeds 10 percent of the advance payments in the subsequent year prior to
adjustments.
281—63.4(256) 281—63.5(282)
Area education agency responsibility. An AEA shall provide or make
provision for an appropriate educational program for each child living in the
following types of facilities located within its boundaries:
1. An approved or licensed shelter care home, as defined in
Iowa Code subsection 232.2(34).
2. An approved juvenile detention home, as defined in Iowa
Code subsection 232.2(32).
The educational programs are assigned to the AEAs with
the program responsibility to be assigned by the AEA administrator within the
AEA or with program responsibility to be assigned to another school corporation
by a contractual agreement authorized by the AEA board of
directors.
The provision of the educational program shall be pursuant
to a written agreement which identifies the responsibil–ities of the AEA,
juvenile home, and any other agency with which the AEA contracts to provide the
educational program.
281—63.5(256)
281—63.6(282) Educational program.
63.5(1) 63.6(1) Methods
of program provision. The AEA may provide the educational program by one of the
following:
a. Enrolling the child in the child’s district of
residence of the child.
b. Delivering Obtaining the
educational program course of study of the
child’s district of residence of the child for
use in the district juvenile home where the child is
living.
c. Enrolling the child in the district where the child is
living.
d. Enrolling the child in the educational program provided in
the juvenile home facility.
e. A delivery method not encompassed by “a”
through “d” immediately above preceding,
with approval of the department of education.
In accordance with Iowa Code section 273.2, an AEA shall
contract, whenever practicable, with other school corporations for the use of
personnel, buildings, facilities, supplies, equipment, programs, and
services.
63.5(2) 63.6(2) Final
determination. In the absence of a decision of a court regarding a
child’s educational placement, the AEA where the child is living shall
make the final determination regarding the provision of the appropriate
educational program for the child, in consultation with the district of
residence of the child and with the juvenile home. In making this
determination, consideration shall be given to:
a. A preference for continuance of the child’s
educational program that was in place prior to the child’s placement in
the facility home.
b. Placement into the least restrictive environment.
c. Development of a plan for future educational
programming.
d. The provisions of the court order if the child was
placed in the facility by a court.
d e. Factors,
including, but not limited to, the child’s emotional or
physical state, the child’s safety and the safety of others, the
child’s identified or assessed academic abilities, and the projected
duration of stay in the facility home.
63.5(3) 63.6(3)
Cooperation with area education agency. The AEA of the child’s district
of residence, the school district of residence, the school district in which
the home is located, other AEAs, the juvenile home and other
appropriate agencies involved with the care or placement of the child shall
cooperate with the AEA where the child is living in sharing educational
information, textbooks, curriculum, assignments, and materials in order to plan
and to provide for the appropriate education of the child living in the
facility home and to grant academic credit to the child for
instructional time earned upon discharge from the home.
63.6(4) Summer school programs. Summer
school programs, as distinguished from extended year programming, may be
operated pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 282.31(5), and shall be considered as
separate programs in each home. The fiscal year for a juvenile home program is
from July 1 through June 30. Program and budget proposals submitted to the
department of education prior to January 1, pursuant to Iowa Code section
282.31, may include requests for summer school programs, or portions of summer
school programs, commencing July 1 of the subsequent fiscal year and summer
school programs, or portions of summer school programs, ending June 30 of the
subsequent fiscal year.
281—63.6(256)
281—63.7(282) Special education. The AEA shall establish
policies and procedures for screening and evaluating students living in juvenile
homes who may require special education.
63.6(1) 63.7(1)
Assignment. A diagnostic–educational team shall be assigned by the AEA in
which each program is located. This diagnostic–educational team shall
include individuals who are appropriately qualified to conduct special education
evaluations and to assist in planning programs for students who are
handicapped provided a special education program pursuant to
an individualized education program (IEP).
63.6(2) 63.7(2) Duties.
The duties of this diagnostic–educational team shall include the screening
of all students for potential special education needs, identifying children in
need of special education, providing needed special education support services
and assisting in the implementation of needed special education
programs.
63.6(3) 63.7(3) Role of
director of special education. It is the responsibility of the AEA director of
special education to ensure that all procedures related to due process,
protection in evaluation, least restrictive environment, development of
individual educational programs and other requirements specified in
281—Chapter 41 are adhered to for handicapped students
provided a special education program pursuant to an IEP who are served in
juvenile homes. In addition, the director is responsible for coordinating the
activities of the special education program with other programs and services
provided.
281—63.7(256) 281—63.8(282)
Educational services.
63.7(1) 63.8(1)
Assignment. Personnel from the educational services division of the local AEA
shall be made available to each program.
63.7(2) 63.8(2) Duties.
Personnel from the educational services division shall assist with curriculum
development as well as provide all other services that are made available to
local education agencies within the particular AEA.
281—63.8(256) 281—63.9(282)
Media services.
63.8(1) 63.9(1)
Assignment. Personnel from the media services division of the local AEA shall
be made available to each program.
63.8(2) 63.9(2) Duties.
All services that are made available to local education agencies within the
particular AEA shall be made available to these programs and students.
281—63.9(256)
281—63.10(282) Other responsibilities. In addition to the
above–mentioned responsibilities, AEA personnel shall assist with
coordination of program curricula with the curricula of the local district in
which the facility home is located and with the
transition of students from these programs to subsequent program placement.
This coordination shall include the establishment of procedures for
ensuring that appropriate credit is available to the students while
participating in the program.
281—63.10(256)
281—63.11(282) Curriculum. Each program shall use the minimum
curriculum requirements for approved or accredited schools as a guide to
developing specific content for each student’s educational program. The
content of each student’s program shall be sufficient to enable the
student to earn credit while participating in the program.
281—63.11(256) Facilities, materials and
equipment.
63.11(1) Equivalent to school
districts. Facilities, supplies, materials and equipment necessary to carry out
the educational program shall be at least equivalent to those provided to a
comparable number of students by the local school district in which the facility
is located. Adequate work space shall be provided for itinerant and permanently
assigned staff and shall be regularly available for their use. Secretarial and
clerical assistance and telephone service shall also be
provided.
281—63.12(282) Disaster
procedures.
63.11(2) Plan for
emergencies. Each facility home shall maintain
a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures which will
be that are clearly communicated to and periodically reviewed
with staff.
281—63.12(256)
281—63.13(282) Maximum class size.
63.12(1) 63.13(1)
Maximum class size in shelter care homes. The following maximum
class size–to–staff formula ratio shall be
used in determining staff–to–pupil ratios shelter
care homes:
Average
Daily
Enrollment Membership
|
|
Full–Time Teacher
|
|
Educational Aide(s)
|
10 or less fewer
|
|
1
|
|
.5 aide with 5 or fewer
students
1 aide with more than 5
students 1 aide
|
11 More than 10 through 20
|
|
2
|
|
1 aide with fewer than 11
students
1.5 aides 1 aide with
11 through 14 students more than 10 but fewer than 15
students
2 aides with 15 through 20 students
|
More than 20 through 30
|
|
3
|
|
2 aides with more than 20 but fewer than 25
3
aides with 25 through 30 students
|
When a single class is located in an off–site
facility, a full–time educational aide shall be
assigned.
63.13(2) Maximum class size in detention
homes. The class size–to–staff ratio used in detention homes shall
be the same as that defined in subrule 63.13(1) unless the needs of the students
in the class require a lesser ratio. If the needs of students in the class
require a lesser ratio, it shall be no greater than the following class
size–to–staff ratio:
Average Daily Membership
|
|
Full–Time Teacher
|
|
Educational Aide(s)
|
Fewer than 10
|
|
1
|
|
1 aide with 5 or fewer students
2 aides with
more than 5 students
|
10 through 20
|
|
2
|
|
2 aides with fewer than 15 students
3 aides
with 15 through 20 students
|
More than 20 through 30
|
|
3
|
|
3 aides with fewer than 25 students
4 aides
with 25 through 30 students
|
Support for this staffing ratio must be provided with the
juvenile home budget proposals and with the juvenile home claims.
63.13(3) When a classroom is located in an
off–site facility, a full–time educational aide may be assigned for
each off–site classroom in addition to the number allowed in subrule
63.13(1) or 63.13(2).
63.13(4) The department of education may
waive subrules 63.13(1), 63.13(2), and 63.13(3) if student characteristics such
as the age range of students in the home or the percentage of students in the
home involved in adult criminal proceedings necessitate a different class
size–to–staff ratio. Any variance from the maximum prescribed class
size–to–staff ratio must be approved by the department of education
on an annual basis. Support for the waiver request must be provided with the
juvenile home budget proposals and with the juvenile home claims.
63.13(5) Average daily membership for
determining class size in subrules 63.13(1) to 63.13(4) for the juvenile home
budget proposals shall be based on the actual average daily membership from the
year previous to the base year, average daily membership to date in the base
year, and factors known at the time of the budget proposals which would impact
the average daily membership in the budget year.
63.13(6) Class size waiver. If the number
of teachers and aides as determined in subrules 63.13(1), 63.13(2), and 63.13(3)
was appropriately estimated for the juvenile home budget proposal and was
approved by the department of education, and the actual number of teachers or
aides is determined to be in excess of maximum class sizes based on the actual
average daily membership of students on the juvenile home claims, the department
of education may waive subrules 63.13(1), 63.13(2), and 63.13(3).
63.13(7) Multiple classrooms. If the
educational program at any one juvenile home is provided in more than one
classroom location and using multiple classroom locations results in a different
number of teachers and aides than would have been allowed if the students were
in one classroom, the department of education may waive subrules 63.13(1) and
63.13(2). Support for the waiver request must be provided with the juvenile
home budget proposals annually.
63.12(2) 63.13(8)
Monitoring class size. The AEA shall develop policies and procedures to monitor
and ensure that the educational program is provided sufficient instructional
staff.
281—63.13(256)
281—63.14(282) Teacher certification and
preparation.
63.13(1) 63.14(1)
Certification. By July 1, 1991, each Each teacher who
is assigned to these programs shall hold Iowa certification either for
multicategorical special education or for behavioral disorders, or both, as
appropriate to the grade level of the students served.
63.13(2) 63.14(2)
In–service. Each teacher shall be provided appropriate
in–service education opportunities annually in behavior
management, social skills curriculum and other areas
as defined through needs assessments.
281—63.14(256)
281—63.15(282) Aides. Educational aides shall be provided
preservice and in–service opportunities consistent with duties to be
performed and shall work under the direct supervision of the teacher.
281—63.15(256)
281—63.16(282) Accounting. Revenues, expenditures, and
balances of the juvenile home programs shall be accounted for in the manner
provided in Uniform Financial Accounting for Area Education
Agencies Iowa LEAs and AEAs, except as otherwise noted in these
rules.
63.16(1) Fund. Juvenile home instructional
programs shall be accounted for in a special revenue fund. The fund balances
shall be maintained in the special revenue fund at year end, and the continuance
or disposition of positive or negative fund balances shall be determined by the
department of education.
63.16(2) Tuition. Tuition paid or received
shall be calculated as follows:
a. If juvenile home students not requiring special
education attend a local school district, other than the district of residence,
tuition shall be calculated in the manner prescribed in Iowa Code section 282.24
for determining tuition costs for any nonresident student attending a local
school district. In lieu of paying tuition to the local school district for
these students, the AEA may request the local school district to account for
these students through the foster care facility claim process.
b. Tuition for students provided a special education
program pursuant to an IEP shall be paid by the district of residence, in
accordance with the rules of special education and pursuant to Iowa Code chapter
282, to the district in which the juvenile home is located or to the AEA,
whichever is providing the special education. The district in which the
juvenile home is located or the AEA, whichever is providing the special
education, shall notify the district of residence if the child was being served
on the third Friday in September by the district in which the home is located or
by the AEA. The district in which the juvenile home is located or the AEA,
whichever is providing the special education, shall also notify the district of
residence if the child was being served on December 1 by the district in which
the home is located or by the AEA.
281—63.16(256)
281—63.17(282) Revenues. Services for juvenile home
instructional programs shall be accounted for in a special revenue fund. The
financial fund balances of the programs shall be maintained in the special
revenue fund at year end, and the continuance or disposition of positive or
negative fund balances shall be determined by the department of
education. Revenues shall include:
1. funding Funding received
pursuant to 1987 Iowa Code Supplement section
282.31,
2. Educational excellence funding received pursuant to Iowa
Code chapter 294A for teachers in the juvenile home program,
3. Tuition revenue from the district of residence or agency
in another state for educational services provided for out–of–state
students,
4. Tuition revenue from the district of residence for
educational services for students provided a special education program pursuant
to an IEP, and
5. other Other miscellaneous
funding received or accrued for the purpose of operating the juvenile home
instructional programs.
281—63.17(256)
281—63.18(282) Expenditures. Expenditures
shall may include actual instructional
expenditures, student support services expenditures, and
instructional staff support services expenditures, and tuition
expenditures. administrative support services, operations and
maintenance of plant services, student transportation services, and interfund
transfers for indirect costs. Supplies and equipment necessary to provide the
educational program shall be equivalent to those provided to a comparable number
of students by the district in which the juvenile home is located. Classroom
space shall be adequate for the number and needs of children in the juvenile
home instructional program.
63.17(1) 63.18(1)
Instructional expenditures. Instructional expenditures may include:
a. Salaries and employee benefits of employees providing
instructional services. Included are teachers, substitutes, other instructional
personnel, and aides performing nonteaching duties.
b. Purchased services, supplies, capital
outlay, and other expenses equipment, which are
customarily considered instructional expenditures. Examples include,
but are not limited to, travel, equipment repair, textbooks, student supplies,
and audio–visual equipment.
c. Use Intrafund transfers.
and internal service charges for instructional services and material
provided by other programs of the AEA. Examples include, but are not limited
to, printed material and audio–visual equipment.
d. The department of education shall annually determine the
maximum amount that may be expended on instructional expenditures. Total
expenditures for instructional services for each continuing classroom, other
than salary and employee benefits, which are not provided pursuant to an IEP
shall not exceed 10 percent of the state average expenditure on instructional
salaries and employee benefits in the juvenile home program in the year prior to
the base year. New classrooms in the first year of operation shall not exceed
twice the maximum amount calculated.
63.17(2) 63.18(2)
Student and instructional staff support services and student
transportation services expenditures. Student and instructional
services programs are those comparable to accounting definitions provided to the
local school districts for “student services” and for
“instructional services.” Among the services included in
these categories are guidance services, transportation services, and
program coordination services. curriculum development, library and
instructional technology. “Student services” are
defined as those designed to assess and improve the well–being of pupils
and to supplement the teaching process. “Instructional services”
are defined as those designed to direct, manage, and supervise the improvement
of instructional services. Student and instructional services
expenditures Expenditures may include salaries, employee
benefits, purchased services, supplies, capital outlay, other expenses,
use transfers equipment, and intrafund transfers. and
internal service charges associated with services of AEA staff or other school
corporation staff assigned directly to the juvenile home educational
program.
63.18(3) Administrative support services,
operation and maintenance of plant services, and interfund transfers.
Administrative support services, operation and maintenance of plant services
and interfund transfer expenditures may include:
a. Use Intrafund transfers and
from the general fund for actual costs of general
administration services provided to the juvenile home program.
The amount shall be no greater than that determined by using the
restricted indirect cost rate calculated in the department of education’s
“Uniform Financial Accounting for Area Education Agencies.”
Expenditures for general administrative costs shall correspond to the amount
of the administrator’s time assigned and provided to the juvenile home
program.
b. Use Intrafund transfers and
from the general fund for actual costs of division
administrative services provided to the juvenile home program.
Proposed program and budget forms shall explain in detail the necessity
for division administrative costs and the expenses shall be correlated
Expenditures for division administrative costs shall correspond to the
amount of the administrator’s time assigned and provided to the
juvenile home program.
c. Expenditures for the administrative services of
administrative staff assigned directly to the juvenile home program.
Proposed program and budget forms shall explain in detail the necessity
for program administrative costs. Added justification is required if both
program and division administrators are included.
d. Expenditures for business administration services
provided to the juvenile home program. The juvenile home program may be charged
for costs of providing business administration services. If the juvenile home
program is charged for providing business administration services, the amount
shall be either actual costs or the amount determined by using the restricted
indirect cost rate applied to allowable juvenile home program
expenditures.
e. The total of all expenditures for administrative
services shall be no greater than the actual cost determined by the AEA’s
accounting records or 10 percent of the total expenditures in the juvenile home
program, whichever is less.
f. Expenditures for operation and maintenance of plant
services except as restricted in subrule 63.18(4).
g. The total of all expenditures for administrative
services and for operation and maintenance of plant services shall be no greater
than the actual cost determined by the AEA’s cost accounting system or 20
percent of the total expenditures in the juvenile home program, whichever is
less.
63.17(3) Tuition expenses.
Tuition expenses may include:
a. Tuition expenses for juvenile home students not
requiring special education who attend a local school district, other than the
district of residence, calculated in the manner prescribed for determining
tuition costs for any nonresident student.
b. Tuition expenses for students requiring special
education, to be paid by the district of residence of each child requiring
special education, in accord with the rules of special
education.
63.17(4) 63.18(4)
Unauthorized expenditures. Expenditures shall not include expenditures for debt
services, for facilities acquisition and construction services including
remodeling and facility repair, or for operation and maintenance of
plant services except for rental expenditures for classroom facilities
when adequate space is not available at the juvenile home or
AEA.
63.18(5) Charges for AEA services. As
required by rules 63.6(256), 63.7(256
282), and 63.8(256 282), and
63.9(282), juvenile home students shall have available to them special
education support services, educational services, and media services comparable
to those services made available to other students in the AEA; however,
expenditures for these services are inherent costs to the respective AEA
programs and are not to be assessed to the juvenile home educational
program.
281—63.18(256)
281—63.19(282) Expenditure claims
Claims. AEAs shall submit program and budget
proposal proposals claim forms and
expenditure claim forms claims consolidating all
juvenile home education programs within each AEA. Separate accounting
will be required for summer school programs. Certain program
information may be required for each separate juvenile home.
The number of classrooms being provided by each AEA shall
be reported on the budget proposals and claims. The number is to be expressed
in terms of full–time equivalent (FTE) classrooms. One FTE represents a
full–time teacher providing a program during the normal school year.
One–tenth FTE shall be added for each month of summer school taught on a
daily full–time basis. A full school year and three months of summer
school is calculated as 1.3 FTE.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 294.4, each teacher shall
keep a daily register which shall include the name, age, attendance, and
enrollment status of each student.
The average daily membership of students of school age
living in juvenile homes who are being provided an educational program shall be
reported on the budget proposals and claims. “Average daily membership
(ADM)” shall mean the average obtained by dividing the total of the
aggregate days of attendance plus the aggregate days of absence by the total
number of student contact days. Student contact days are the days during which
the educational program is provided and students are under the guidance and
instruction of the instructional professional staff. “Aggregate
days” means the sum of the number of days of attendance and days of
absence for all pupils who are enrolled during the school year. A student shall
be considered enrolled after being placed in a juvenile home and taking part in
the educational program. A student is considered to be in membership from the
date of enrollment until the date of leaving the juvenile home or receiving a
high school diploma or its equivalent, whichever occurs first. ADM shall be
calculated on the regular school year exclusive of summer session. School age
is defined pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 282.
281—63.19(256) Summer school
programs. Summer school programs, as distinguished from
extended year programming, may be operated pursuant to Iowa Code subsection
282.31(5), and shall be considered as separate programs in each facility. The
fiscal year for a juvenile home program is from July 1 through June 30. Program
and budget proposals submitted to the department of education prior to January
1, pursuant to 1987 Iowa Code Supplement section 282.31, may include requests
for summer school programs, or portions of summer school programs, commencing
July 1 of the subsequent fiscal year and summer school programs, or portions of
summer school programs, ending June 30 of the subsequent fiscal
year.
Proposed budget and program applications shall include
detailed information substantiating the valid educational reasons for a summer
program. The reasons shall demonstrate that the necessity for a summer program
beyond the regular school year is based upon identified student
needs.
281—63.20(282) Audits. AEAs must make
the records related to providing educational services for juvenile homes
available to independent auditors, state auditors and department of education
staff on request.
281—63.21(282) Waivers. A waiver may
be requested by an AEA which presents evidence of a need for a different
configuration of expenditures under paragraph 63.18(1)“d,”
63.18(3)“a,” 63.18(3)“b,” 63.18(3)“e,” or
63.18(3)“g,” or subrule 63.18(4) or 63.18(5). The AEA must annually
request the waiver and must include the waiver request and the evidence required
by this rule with the program and budget proposal or budget amendment submitted
pursuant to rule 63.3(282) or rule 63.4(282). An approved waiver related to
rent payment to the juvenile home does not require an annual waiver request
except in any year that the rental contract terms change from the rental
contract terms in the previous year.
If the department denies a waiver request, the AEA which
was denied may request within ten days of notification of the denial that the
director of the department of education review the denial of the waiver
request.
It is the intent of the department of education to waive
requirements only when it is determined that they would result in unequal
treatment of the AEAs or cause an undue hardship to the requesting AEA and the
waiver clearly is in the public interest.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
subsection sections 256.7(5) 282.30
and 282.31.
[Filed 1/18/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9637A
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 65,
“Administration,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments January
12, 2000. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on December 1, 1999, as ARC
9489A.
These amendments implement a pilot workfare program for
able–bodied adults without dependents (ABAWDs). ABAWDs are limited to
receiving 3 months of food stamps in a 36–month period if they do not work
or participate in a work program a minimum of 20 hours per week. This pilot
program will provide job slots in public or private nonprofit organizations for
ABAWDs who want to work in exchange for the value of food stamp coupons they
receive.
The number of hours ABAWDs are required to work shall be the
value of the workfare participant’s food stamp allotment divided by the
federal minimum wage. If the workfare participant is a member of a household of
two or more members, the household’s monthly food stamp benefit allotment
shall be prorated among the household members and the workfare
participant’s pro–rata share of the household’s allotment
shall be divided by the federal minimum wage to determine the number of hours
the individual must work.
New ABAWDs shall first be offered the opportunity to make a
30–day job search. Participants that complete the 30–day job search
shall be offered a job slot in the pilot workfare program at the end of the 30
days. ABAWDs who choose to participate in workfare at any other time shall not
be offered the opportunity to make a 30–day job search and shall be placed
in a job slot.
Because of limited funding for the program, workfare shall be
offered only in selected counties. Counties in which workfare is not offered
are designated to be “exempt” counties and ABAWDs in those counties
are exempt from the work requirements. States may exempt up to 15 percent of
the state’s ABAWD population from the work requirements.
Selection of counties to participate in the workfare program
shall be based on the following criteria:
· The counties with the greatest ABAWD
population.
· The availability of a service provider in the
county.
· The total number of individual exemptions the state is
allocated under federal law.
· The availability of federal funding.
The pilot workfare program shall be in effect until September
30, 2001, prior to which time it shall be evaluated for continuation.
The Department of Human Services received notice from the Food
and Nutrition Service on September 3, 1999, of the opportunity to participate in
an alternative to the reimbursement rate. Under this alternative, states would
commit to offer a work opportunity to every ABAWD applicant or recipient (not
waived or exempted) who has exhausted the time limit, and the state would then
not be subject to the reimbursement rate.
The Department has been working with the Department of
Workforce Development to implement this pilot program as quickly as
possible.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because federal food stamp law does not allow for any
waivers.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.12.
These amendments shall become effective April 1,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—65.27(234),
catchwords and subrule 65.27(2), as follows:
441—65.27(234) Voluntary quit,
or reduction in hours of work, and failure to participate in
workfare.
65.27(2) Participating individuals. Participating
individuals are subject to the same disqualification periods as provided under
subrule 65.28(12) when the participating individuals voluntarily quit employment
without good cause, or voluntarily reduce hours of work
to less than 30 hours per week, or fail to comply with a food stamp
program workfare program, beginning with the month following the
adverse notice period.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—65.28(234)
as follows:
Amend subrule 65.28(14), paragraph
“b,” by rescinding and reserving subparagraph
(8).
Amend subrule 65.28(18), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
65.28(18) Work requirement for able–bodied
nonexempt adults without dependents. An individual is exempt from this
requirement if the individual is under 18 or over 50 years of age; medically
certified as physically or mentally unfit for employment; a parent or other
member of a household with responsibility for a dependent child; pregnant;
living in a county that is designated exempt under subrule 65.28(19); or
otherwise exempt from work requirements under the Food Stamp Act.
Further amend subrule 65.28(18), paragraph
“a,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) Participate in and comply with the requirements of
a the pilot food stamp workfare program as described
under subrule 65.28(19) or a comparable program established by the
state or political subdivision of the state, or
Further amend subrule 65.28(18), paragraph
“c,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) Participated in a food stamp the
pilot workfare program as described under subrule 65.28(19)
or a comparable program established by the state or political
subdivision of the state.
Adopt the following new subrule 65.28(19) as
follows:
65.28(19) Pilot workfare program for able–bodied
adults without dependents (ABAWDs). The pilot workfare program is designed to
allow ABAWDs who are required to work as an eligibility requirement for receipt
of food stamp benefits by subrule 65.28(18) the opportunity to perform public
service work in private or public nonprofit organizations in exchange for the
value of their monthly food stamp benefits. The pilot workfare program is a
component of the food stamp employment and training program set forth in subrule
65.28(7). Participation in the pilot workfare program is voluntary.
a. ABAWDs who participate in the pilot workfare program may
meet the requirements of subrule 65.28(18) by working in a job slot for a
required number of hours per month. The required number of hours of work shall
be the value of the workfare participant’s food stamp allotment divided by
the federal minimum wage. If the workfare participant is a member of a
household of two or more members, the household’s monthly food stamp
benefit allotment shall be prorated among the household members, and the
workfare participant’s pro–rata share of the household’s
allotment shall be divided by the federal minimum wage to determine the number
of hours the individual must work.
b. New ABAWDs shall first be offered the opportunity to make a
30–day job search. Participants that complete the 30–day job search
shall be offered a job slot in the pilot workfare program at the end of the 30
days. ABAWDs who choose to participate in workfare at any other time shall not
be offered the opportunity to make a 30–day job search and shall be placed
in a job slot.
c. Workfare job slots shall be located in private or public
nonprofit organizations.
d. Workfare shall be offered in selected counties. Selection
shall be based on prioritizing counties according to:
(1) The counties with the greatest ABAWD population.
(2) The availability of a service provider in the
county.
(3) The total number of individual exemptions the state is
allocated under federal law.
(4) The availability of federal funding.
e. Counties in which workfare is not offered are designated to
be “exempt” counties.
f. This pilot shall be in effect until September 30,
2001.
[Filed 1/12/00, effective 4/1/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9646A
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8 and Iowa
Code Supplement section 522A.7, the Insurance Division hereby amends Chapter 10,
“Licensing of Insurance Producers,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendment adopts rules governing the qualifications and
procedures for licensing of car rental companies and their counter employees
that desire to sell insurance to car rental customers. The rules implement Iowa
Code Supplement chapter 522A, which imposed a license requirement on all car
rental companies that wished to sell insurance to car rental customers. There
are currently no rules in place to govern this process or give guidance to
persons who wish to become licensed.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the December 1,
1999, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9506A. In response to comments
received, proposed rule 191— 10.61(522A) was not adopted. In all other
respects, the adopted rules are the same as the noticed rules.
This amendment will become effective March 15, 2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement chapter 522A.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 191—Chapter 10 by adding a new
Division I heading “Licensing of Insurance Producers” for rules
191— 10.1(522) to 191—10.50 and adopting the following
new division:
DIVISION II
LICENSING OF
CAR RENTAL COMPANIES AND EMPLOYEES
(Effective March 15, 2000)
191—10.51(522A) Purpose. The purpose of these
rules is to govern the qualifications and procedures for the licensing of car
rental companies and counter employees and to set out the requirements,
procedures and fees relating to the qualification and licensure of car rental
companies and counter employees.
191—10.52(522A) Definitions.
“Counter employee” means a person at least 18
years of age employed by a rental company that offers the products described in
this chapter.
“Counter Employee Application” means the form used
by an individual to apply for a counter employee license.
“Division” means the Iowa insurance
division.
“Filed” means received at the Iowa insurance
division.
“Limited Licensee Application” means the form used
by a rental company to apply for a limited license.
“Rental company” means any person or entity in the
business of primarily providing vehicles intended for the private transportation
of passengers to the public under a rental agreement for a period not to exceed
90 days.
“Vehicle” means a motor vehicle under Iowa Code
section 321.1 used for the private transportation of passengers, including
passenger vans, minivans and sport utility vehicles or used for the
transportation of cargo with a gross vehicle weight of less than 26,001 pounds
and not requiring the operator to possess a commercial driver’s license,
including cargo vans, pickup trucks and trucks.
191—10.53(522A) Requirement to hold a
license.
10.53(1) A rental company that desires to offer or
sell insurance in connection with the rental of a vehicle must file an
application with the division and receive a license as a limited
licensee.
10.53(2) A counter employee who desires to offer or
sell insurance products must file an application with the division and receive a
license as a counter employee.
191—10.54(522A) Limited licensee application
process.
10.54(1) To obtain a limited licensee license, a
person or entity must file a complete limited licensee license application with
the division and pay a fee of $50 for a three–year license.
10.54(2) If the application is approved, the division
will issue a limited licensee license.
191—10.55(522A) Counter employee
licenses.
10.55(1) A person may not obtain a counter employee
license unless that person is employed by a limited licensee.
10.55(2) To obtain a counter employee license, a
person must file with the division a completed counter employee license
application.
10.55(3) All persons who desire to obtain a counter
employee license must first successfully complete an examination.
10.55(4) Examinations shall be administered by the
limited licensee that employs the counter employee.
10.55(5) If the application is approved, the division
will issue a three–year counter employee license. Applications are deemed
approved if not disapproved by the division within 30 days of receipt at the
division.
10.55(6) The counter employee license will
automatically terminate when the counter employee ceases employment with a
limited licensee.
191—10.56(522A) Duties of limited
licensees.
10.56(1) A limited licensee is responsible for the
training, examination and payment of license fees for all persons who desire to
obtain a counter employee license with the limited licensee.
10.56(2) A limited licensee must obtain and administer
an examination for all counter employee candidates. The content of the
examination and the manner of its administration must be approved by the
division.
10.56(3) The limited licensee must develop a system
for examination content security.
10.56(4) The limited licensee must administer the
counter employee examination under controlled conditions, approved by the
division, that ensure that each candidate completes the examination without
outside assistance or interference.
10.56(5) The limited licensee must notify the division
of the termination of employment of any of its licensed counter employees. The
limited licensee must file reports of terminations semiannually on July 1 and on
January 1.
191—10.57(522A) License renewal.
10.57(1) All limited licensee and counter employee
licenses will be issued with an expiration date of December 31 and must be
renewed triennially.
10.57(2) A single renewal form for use in renewing the
limited licensee’s license and the licenses of all of its counter
employees will be mailed to the limited licensee at its last–known address
as shown on division records.
10.57(3) The limited licensee must complete and return
the renewal form to the division on or before December 31 of the renewal year or
all licenses listed on the renewal form will expire.
10.57(4) The fee for renewal of a limited licensee
license is $50 and the fee to renew each individual counter employee license is
$50.
191—10.58(522A) Limitation on fees. A limited
licensee will not be required to pay more than $1,000 in license or renewal fees
in any one calendar year.
191—10.59(522A) Change in name or
address.
10.59(1) Limited licensees must file written
notification with the division of a change in name or address within 30 days of
the change. This requirement applies to any change in any locations at which
the limited licensee is doing business.
10.59(2) Limited licensees must file written
notification with the division of a change in name or address of licensed
counter employees. If the change of name is by a court order, a copy of the
order must be included with the request. The limited licensee must file reports
of name and address changes semiannually on July 1 and on January 1.
191—10.60(522A) Violations and
penalties.
10.60(1) A rental company or counter employee that
sells insurance in violation of this chapter shall be deemed to be in violation
of Iowa Code Supplement chapter 522A and subject to the penalties provided in
Iowa Code Supplement section 522A.3.
10.60(2) A limited licensee or licensed counter
employee who commits an unfair or deceptive trade practice in violation of Iowa
Code chapter 507B, or in violation of administrative rules adopted which
implement that chapter, is subject to the penalties provided for in Iowa Code
chapter 507B.
Rules 10.51(522A) to 10.60(522A) are intended to implement
Iowa Code Supplement chapter 522A.
[Filed 1/20/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9680A
LABOR SERVICES
DIVISION[875]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3(1) and
91.6, the Labor Commissioner amends Chapter 4, “Recording and Reporting
Occupational Injuries and Illnesses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments relate to filing of first report of injury
forms and implement Iowa Code section 88.6(3)“b.”
These amendments are necessary because the Division of
Industrial Services has been renamed the Division of Workers’
Compensation; to facilitate electronic document filing; to make the rules of the
Division of Labor Services more consistent with rules of the Division of
Workers’ Compensation; to ensure prompt and efficient reporting of
injuries and illnesses; and to better protect employee safety and health. First
reports of injury are required by Iowa Code section 86.11; therefore, no waiver
provision is included.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 25, 1999, as ARC 9287A. A public
hearing was scheduled for September 22, 1999. No comments were
received.
The adopted amendments differ from the amendments published in
the Notice of Intended Action. To make these rules more consistent with the
rules of the Division of Workers’ Compensation and to facilitate
electronic document filing, Item 1 has been changed and subrule 4.4(3) proposed
in Item 2 of the Notice was not adopted. Changes to Item 1 include striking the
words “in writing” and the sentence, “The form to be used for
reporting under this subrule is the Iowa Form No.
L–1/WC–1(309–5012).” and including the sentence,
“First reports of injury are to be filed in the form and manner required
by the division of workers’ compensation.”
The amendments will become effective March 15, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
88.2, 88.6(3), and 88.18.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 4.4(2) to read as
follows:
4.4(2) All employers shall report in
writing to the Iowa industrial commissioner of the department
of workforce development, division of industrial services division
of workers’ compensation, any occupational injury or
illness which temporarily disables an employee for more than three days or which
results in permanent total disability, permanent partial disability or death.
This report shall be made within four days from such event when such injury or
illness is alleged by the employee to have been sustained in the course of the
employee’s employment. The form to be used for reporting under
this subrule is the Iowa Form No. L–1/WC 1(309–5012).
First reports of injury are to be filed in the form and manner required by
the division of workers’ compensation. A report to the
department of workforce development, division of
industrial services workers’
compensation, is considered to be a report to the
department of workforce development, division of labor
services. The division of industrial services
workers’ compensation shall forward all reports to the division of
labor services. This rule does not excuse employers from notifying the division
of labor services of fatality or multiple hospitalization accidents as required
by rule 875—4.8(88).
ITEM 2. Amend rule
875—4.19(88), numbered paragraph “3,” to read as
follows:
3. Obligation to report to the Iowa industrial
commissioner division of workers’ compensation under
subrule 4.4(2) any occupational injury or illness which temporarily disables an
employee for more than three days or which results in permanent total
disability, permanent partial disability, or death.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9679A
LABOR SERVICES
DIVISION[875]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.5 and
91.6, the Labor Commissioner amends Chapter 9, “Discrimination Against
Employees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment makes rule 9.4(88) more consistent with current
statutory language in order to protect employee safety and health more
effectively. No waiver provision is included as the rule paraphrases the Iowa
Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 25, 1999, as ARC 9286A. A public
hearing was scheduled for September 22, 1999. No comments were received. This
amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended
Action.
The amendment will become effective March 15, 2000.
The amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
88.9(3).
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 875—9.4(88), first sentence, to read as
follows:
875—9.4(88) Persons prohibited from
discriminating. Iowa Code section 88.9(3) specifically states that
“no provides that a person shall not discharge or
in any manner discriminate against an employee” because
the employee has exercised rights under the Act.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9654A
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
455G.4(3)“a” and 455G.11(1)“c,” the Iowa Comprehensive
Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board hereby rescinds Chapter 10,
“Eligibility for Insurance,” adopts a new Chapter 10,
“Restructure of Insurance Board and Transfer of Assets and Liabilities of
Insurance Fund,” and amends Chapter 11, “Remedial or Insurance
Claims,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments are intended to implement a legislative change.
1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1068, amended Iowa Code section 455G.11 to mandate the
privatization of the underground storage tank insurance board and underground
storage tank insurance fund.
Chapter 10 is rescinded and new Chapter 10 adopted which
implements changes in Iowa Code section 455G.11 to comply with 1998 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1068.
The title of Chapter 11 is amended to eliminate its reference
to insurance claims. The reference to insurance claims is no longer pertinent
due to the privatization of the underground storage tank insurance fund.
Several subrules in Chapter 11 are rescinded because they are no longer
pertinent due to the privatization of the underground storage tank insurance
fund.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on December 1, 1999, as ARC 9503A. Public
comments were received on these amendments. The adopted amendments have been
changed since the Notice. The rules in Chapter 10 as originally noticed
referenced certain effective dates (March 1, 2000, and January 31, 2000). In
accordance with Iowa Code section 17A.5, the rules will become effective March
15, 2000. Accordingly the March 1, 2000, date was changed and flexibility given
to the board to prevent being in violation of these rules in the event the
referenced dates become impracticable. A change was made to rule
591—10.3(455G) to clarify the action to be taken by the board pursuant to
this rule.
These amendments were approved January 12, 2000.
These amendments shall become effective March 15,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455G.11.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind 591—Chapter 10 and
adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 10
RESTRUCTURING OF INSURANCE BOARD
AND
TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF INSURANCE FUND
591—10.1(455G) Restructuring of insurance board.
Effective March 1, 2000, or as soon thereafter as the board determines is
reasonably practicable, the underground storage tank insurance board shall be
restructured as Petroleum Marketers Mutual Insurance Company, a mutual insurance
company, privately owned and operated by its insureds, organized to provide an
allowable mechanism to demonstrate financial responsibility as required in 40
CFR Parts 280 and 281.
591—10.2(455G) Transfer of insurance fund assets and
liabilities. Effective March 15, 2000, or as soon thereafter as the board
determines is reasonably practicable, the comprehensive petroleum underground
storage tank fund board shall transfer all assets and liabilities of the
underground storage tank insurance fund to Petroleum Marketers Mutual Insurance
Company (PMMIC). The method of transfer shall be pursuant to a memorandum of
understanding by and between the board and Petroleum Marketers Mutual Insurance
Company. Said memorandum of understanding shall be prepared by and executed no
later than January 31, 2000, or as soon thereafter as a memorandum of
understanding acceptable to both PMMIC and the board can be drafted and
approved.
591—10.3(455G) Approval of new insurance fund.
The transfer of all assets and liabilities of the insurance fund to be made
pursuant to this chapter is contingent upon Petroleum Marketers Mutual Insurance
Company receiving certification from the commissioner of insurance.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455G.11.
ITEM 2. Amend 591—Chapter
11, title, as follows:
CHAPTER 11
REMEDIAL OR INSURANCE
CLAIMS
ITEM 3. Rescind and reserve subrules
11.1(2) and 11.1(4).
ITEM 4. Amend rule 591—11.2(455G)
as follows:
591—11.2(455G) Investigation of
claims—remedial, and retroactive and
financial responsibility.
11.2(1) All remedial, and
retroactive and financial responsibility claims shall be
investigated and overall fund liability estimated.
11.2(2) Costs which are not reasonable, necessary or
eligible shall not be paid. The budget for the work shall be submitted prior to
the initiation of the work for approval by the board or its designee. Failure
to obtain prior approval shall invalidate the board’s and the
owner’s or operator’s obligations as provided for under Iowa Code
section 455G.12A.
11.2(3) Owner or operator compliance with regulatory
and program requirements shall be evaluated as part of the investigation. The
failure to meet regulatory and program standards shall not bar recovery
hereunder. However, failure to meet regulatory and program requirements which
exist at the time of payment may result in cost recovery claims as provided
under Iowa Code section 455G.13.
11.2(4) Cause of loss and determination of responsible
parties shall be ascertained as a part of the investigationprocess. Independent
environmental consultants may be retained to assist in the determination of the
cause of the release and for the application of coverage.
11.2(5) Other financial
responsibility in effect at the time a claim is made shall be reviewed. If
other coverage that covers environmental damage is in effect at the time a claim
is made, the UST financial responsibility program under Iowa Code section
455G.11 shall be excess.
11.2(6) (5) Subrogation and
cost recovery opportunities shall be pursued against any responsible party, as
deemed appropriate by the board to do so.
11.2(7) The administrator may
retain, subject to board bidding requirements, an outside groundwater
professional to assist in the evaluation of any financial responsibility claim
presented under Iowa Code section 455G.11, up to $3,000. Any expense in excess
of that amount must be approved by the board at their next regularly scheduled
meeting.
ITEM 5. Rescind and reserve rule
591—11.3(455G).
[Filed 1/20/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9651A
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147A.4, the
Department of Public Health hereby adopts new Chapter 131, “Emergency
Medical Services Provider Education/Training/Certification,” and amends
Chapter 132, “Emergency Medical Services,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The adopted amendments divide Chapter 132, placing the rules
regarding education and training into a new Chapter 131 and leaving the rules
dealing with EMS service program authorization in Chapter 132. The adopted
amendments also implement the new national standard EMT–I and EMT–P
curricula into the training of Iowa’s EMS providers. Additionally, the
adopted amendments modify the certification renewal requirements of EMS
providers to provide more flexibility in obtaining continuing education hours
and to encourage EMS providers who were previously certified to reinstate their
certification with the goal of increasing members in the volunteer EMS service
programs.
The Bureau of EMS has presented these amendments at informal
meetings and conferences over the last six to eight months as well as in an
informational presentation over the Iowa Communications Network on August 24,
1999. The Iowa EMS Advisory Council unanimously endorsed the adopted rules at
its October 13, 1999, meeting.
The Department has provided a specific provision for variances
relating to Chapter 132. A party desiring to apply for waiver or variance of a
rule in 641—Chapter 132 should utilize the provision in rule
641—132.14(147A).
The Department has not provided specific provisions for a
waiver or variance relating to Chapter 131. A party seeking a waiver of or
variance to Chapter 131 should do so pursuant to the Department’s variance
and waiver provisions contained in 641—Chapter 178.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the December 1,
1999, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9522A.
The Department of Public Health held a public meeting over the
Iowa Communications Network (ICN) on Tuesday, December 21, 1999, from 1 to 2
p.m. No comments were received prior to the hearing; however, one verbal and
one written comment were presented during the hearing. The verbal comment
expressed support for the amnesty rule allowing previously certified EMS
providers a process to reinstate their certification. The written comment asked
for clarification of new definitions, “critical care paramedic,” and
“paramedic specialist” and further clarification of the existing
definition of “physician designee.”
There has been one change from the noticed rules. Within the
definition of “physician designee” in Chapter 131, the term
“advanced” has been deleted from the phrase “advanced
emergency medical care personnel.” The term had been inadvertently placed
in the definition. The definition now reads as follows: “Physician
designee” means a registered nurse licensed under Iowa Code chapter 152,
or a physician’s assistant licensed under Iowa Code chapter 148C and
approved by the board of physician’s assistant examiners, who holds a
current course completion card in ACLS. The physician designee may act as an
intermediary for a supervising physician in directing the actions of emergency
medical care personnel in accordance with written policies and
protocols.
The State Board of Health adopted these amendments January 12,
2000.
These amendments will become effective March 15,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
147A.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [Ch 131, 132.1, 132.2(4), 132.3 to 132.6, 132.7(6), 132.8(1),
132.10(16), 132.11 to 132.13] is being omitted. With the exception of the
change noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 9522A, IAB 12/1/99.
[Filed 1/20/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published
2/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/9/00.]
ARC 9648A
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby amends Chapter 1,
“Organization and Operation,” Chapter 10, “Thoroughbred
Racing,” and Chapter 26, “Rules of the Games,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Item 1 adopts the waiver rule required by Executive Order
Number 11.
Item 2 defines a certified bleeder.
Item 3 allows a trial period to evaluate a proposed new
gambling game.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action in the December 15, 1999, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as
ARC 9537A.
A public hearing was held on January 4, 2000. No comments
were received.
These amendments will become effective March 15,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [1.8, 10.6(1)“g,” 26.18] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 9537A,
IAB 12/15/99.
[Filed 1/20/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published
2/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/9/00.]
ARC 9649A
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby amends Chapter 5,
“Applications for Track Licenses and Racing Dates,” Chapter 7,
“Greyhound Racing,” Chapter 9, “Harness Racing,” Chapter
10, “Thoroughbred Racing,” Chapter 13, “Occupational and
Vendor Licensing,” Chapter 24, “Accounting and Cash Control,”
and Chapter 25, “Riverboat Operation,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Items 1, 2, 12, 13, and 15 change incorrect rule
references.
Item 3 requires the paddock judge to report all delays to the
stewards.
Item 4 requires the paddock judge to supervise the greyhounds
from paddock to post.
Item 5 requires the brakeman to ensure that the lure is
secured and the arm is fully extended.
Item 6 requires the brakeman to inspect the rail to ensure it
is in perfect repair and free of debris.
Item 7 requires the brakeman to ensure that the arm has been
retracted and stop the lure at the finish of the race.
Item 8 allows a kennel owner to request a change in the racing
weight of a greyhound.
Item 9 eliminates an official timer, placing judges and the
photo finish technician from the list of racing officials.
Item 10 defines an outrider.
Item 11 makes an outrider a racing official.
Item 14 outlines additional duties for the stewards.
Item 16 establishes the duties of an outrider.
Item 17 does not allow a jockey to intimidate any other horse
during a race.
Item 18 does not allow a horse to enter a race if it appears
on the starter’s list, steward’s list or veterinarian’s
list.
Item 19 establishes rules as to when a horse is required to
have a workout prior to starting in an official race.
Item 20 does not allow a change in the equipment used on a
horse unless permission has been granted by the stewards.
Item 21 requires an owner and trainer to be licensed one hour
prior to the scheduled post time of the race in which the horse is
entered.
Item 22 eliminates unnecessary language.
Item 23 requires a Commission representative to conduct an
investigation of any jackpot in excess of $100,000.
Item 24 adds baccarat as an approved game and changes the
definition of “video machine” for racetrack enclosures.
Item 25 establishes rules for the reporting of incidents by
the licensees to the Commission.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action in the November 17, 1999, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as
ARC 9488A.
A public hearing was held on December 7, 1999. No comments
were received.
These amendments will become effective March 15,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [5.15(9), 7.9, 7.13(7), 9.2(1), 10.1, 10.2, 10.4, 10.5,
13.2(5), 13.19(5), 24.29(11), 25.11(2), 25.14(3)] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 9488A,
IAB 11/17/99.
[Filed 1/20/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published
2/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/9/00.]
ARC 9681A
SOIL CONSERVATION
DIVISION[27]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 161A.4(1), the
Division of Soil Conservation hereby amends Chapter 10, “Iowa Financial
Incentive Program for Soil Erosion Control,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments have been adopted to allow cost sharing on
grade stabilization structures with other public funds at a cost–share
rate greater than 50 percent, but not exceeding 75 percent. A corrective change
for Chapter 10 summer construction incentive dates has also been made.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on December 15, 1999, as ARC 9528A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
161A.
The amendments will become effective on March 29,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
27—10.41(161A), second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Except for the programs authorized in subrules 10.41(2),
10.41(4), 10.41(5), and 10.41(8), and 10.41(9),
these funds shall not be used alone or in combination with other public funds to
provide a financial incentive payment greater than 50 percent of the approved
cost for permanent soil conservation practices.
ITEM 2. Adopt new subrule
10.41(9) as follows:
10.41(9) Funds distributed to annual programs and
provided to districts may be used in combination with other public funds on
grade stabilization structures, in accordance with the following:
a. The maximum cost–share rate realized by the landowner
shall not exceed 75 percent when state cost–share funds appropriated to
the division and districts are utilized in combination with other public
funds.
b. Funds utilized by districts in conjunction with such
projects shall come from the district’s regular allocation.
c. Only grade stabilization structures established in
accordance with procedures pursuant to the rules shall be eligible for financial
incentive programs.
d. The recipient will be required to sign an agreement as
stated in subrule 10.74(5).
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 10.60(2) as
follows:
10.60(2) Summer construction incentives.
Commissioners may enter agreements providing for cost sharing up to 60 percent
of the cost of establishing approved, permanent soil and water conservation
practices where the establishment of that practice involves a construction
project which begins after June 1 but before August 15
September 15 of any calendar year. Commissioners shall not use state
cost–sharing funds to pay such incentives when requests for cost sharing
at the 50 percent level are sufficient to use all of the district’s
allocation for that fiscal year.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/29/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9645A
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on January 19, 2000, adopted Chapter
717, “General Aviation Airport Infrastructure Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these rules was published in the
December 15, 1999, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9527A.
The general aviation airport infrastructure program provides
funding for improvements to the vertical infrastructure at general aviation
airports in Iowa. The source of funds is a $500,000 appropriation in 1999 Iowa
Acts, chapter 204, section 11, subsection 2, from the rebuild Iowa
infrastructure fund. The legislation requires the Department to adopt rules to
administer a program for disbursement of these funds.
These rules do not provide for waivers; the Department
developed these rules in consultation with an airport advisory committee and
believes the rules are workable as written.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 8.57
and 328.12 and 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 204, section 11, subsection 2.
These rules will become effective March 15, 2000.
Rule–making action:
Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 717
GENERAL AVIATION AIRPORT
INFRASTRUCTURE
PROGRAM
761—717.1(328) Purpose. The purpose of the
general aviation airport infrastructure program is to provide funding for
improvements to the vertical infrastructure at Iowa’s 103 general aviation
airports. The source of funds is an appropriation in 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter
204, section 11, subsection 2, from the rebuild Iowa infrastructure
fund.
761—717.2(328) Definitions. The definitions in
Iowa Code section 328.1 and rule 761—700.1(328) apply to these rules. In
addition:
“General aviation airport” means a public airport
that is owned by a governmental subdivision of the state of Iowa and that does
not have scheduled commercial air service.
“Primary general aviation airport” is an airport
identified as such in the 1999 Iowa Aviation System Plan.
“Vertical infrastructure” is defined in Iowa Code
section 8.57, subsection 5.
761—717.3(328) Information. Program
information, instructions, and forms may be obtained from the Office of Program
Management, Iowa Department of Transportation, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa
50010; telephone (515)239–1190.
761—717.4(328) Eligible airports. Eligible
airports are those general aviation airports that are listed in the 1999 Iowa
Aviation System Plan and that have a current airport layout plan.
761—717.5(328) Eligible project activities.
Activities that are eligible for reimbursement include, but are not limited to,
the following:
717.5(1) Hangar renovation or construction including
associated design, land acquisition, grading, foundation work, floor slabs and
utilities.
717.5(2) Fuel facilities including associated design,
land acquisition, grading, foundation work, floor slabs and utilities.
717.5(3) Terminal building renovation or construction
including associated design, land acquisition, grading, foundation work, floor
slabs and utilities.
761—717.6(328) Ineligible project activities.
Activities that are not eligible for reimbursement include, but are not limited
to, the following:
717.6(1) Runway, taxiway, or apron paving. This
includes any apron paving directly adjacent to terminal buildings or
hangars.
717.6(2) Automobile parking lot grading, paving, or
lighting.
717.6(3) Routine maintenance of pavements or
buildings.
761—717.7(328) Funding.
717.7(1) The funding ratio for all projects is 70/30
(70 percent state funds, 30 percent local funds).
717.7(2) Maximum state participation. Using the
appropriated funds, the maximum state participation is $50,000 per airport per
year.
761—717.8(328) Project priorities. Priority
shall be given to projects which produce revenue for the airport such as hangars
and fuel facilities. Rehabilitation of existing infrastructure where feasible
shall have priority over new construction. Primary general aviation airports
shall have priority over other general aviation airports. The department shall
rank projects as shown in the following table, with number 1 having the highest
priority:
Project Type
|
Primary General Aviation Airport
|
Other General Aviation Airport
|
Rehabilitation of aircraft storage or maintenance
hangars
|
1
|
2
|
New or expanded aircraft storage or maintenance
hangars
|
3
|
4
|
New or expanded fuel facilities
|
5
|
6
|
Rehabilitation of office, terminal, vehicle or service
facilities
|
7
|
8
|
New or expanded office, terminal, vehicle or service
facilities
|
9
|
10
|
761—717.9(328) Project applications.
717.9(1) Project applications shall be submitted
through the local transportation center planners to the office of program
management.
717.9(2) Each application shall contain:
a. General information, including the airport sponsor’s
name, contact person, mailing address and telephone number.
b. A capital improvement program (CIP) data sheet. The CIP
data sheet shall include a sketch of the project, a brief description of the
project and its purpose, and cost information including total project cost and
an itemized breakdown of project components.
c. A resolution from the airport sponsor endorsing the project
and authorizing the necessary local match funding.
761—717.10(328) Review and approval. Department
staff shall review and rate project applications and submit its recommendations
to the transportation commission. The transportation commission shall be
responsible for determining the projects to be funded and the amount to be
funded for each project. If two or more projects have the same priority
ranking, but not all of those projects can be funded, priority may be given to
those projects at airports that have the larger numbers of based
aircraft.
761—717.11(328) Project
administration.
717.11(1) After a project has been approved by the
commission, the department shall enter into an agreement with the airport
sponsor.
717.11(2) Payments. Payments to the airport sponsor
for eligible project costs shall be made on a cost reimbursement
basis.
717.11(3) Cost overruns. Costs in excess of the
percentage match and the total amount approved by the commission are the
responsibility of the airport sponsor.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 8.57
and 328.12 and 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 204, section 11, subsection 2.
[Filed 1/20/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
ARC 9662A
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3, 476.1,
476.2, and 476.6(15), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on January
20, 2000, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–99–11, In
Re: Natural Gas Supply and Cost Review, “Order Adopting Rule
Making,” and adopted certain revisions to the Board’s existing rule,
199 IAC 19.11(476). Before this rule making, 199 IAC 19.11(476) required the
Board to conduct an annual proceeding and required each utility to file a
12–month plan and a five–year natural gas procurement plan by
November 1 of each year. In 1998, the legislature amended Iowa Code section
476.6(15) to allow the Board discretion in determining the appropriate interval
between reviews of a rate–regulated utility’s natural gas
procurement and contracting practices. The amendment to the statute removed
specific review criteria and states that the utilities must file information, as
the Board deems appropriate.
In this rule making, the Board amends 199 IAC 19.11(476) to
state that the Board shall periodically conduct a contested case proceeding for
the purpose of evaluating the reasonableness and prudence of a
rate–regulated utility’s natural gas procurement and contracting
practices. The Board will notify the utilities 90 days prior to the time the
utilities will be required to file a plan. In addition, in the years in which
the Board does not conduct a contested case proceeding, it may require the
utilities to file some information for the Board’s review. The amendments
to the rule remove the specific evaluation criteria from 199 IAC
19.11(4).
Notice of Intended Action for the proposed rule making was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 3, 1999, as ARC
9441A. Written comments were filed on or before November 23, 1999, and a
public hearing to receive oral comments was held on December 7, 1999.
Written comments were filed by MidAmerican Energy Company
(MidAmerican), the Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice
(Consumer Advocate), IES Utilities Inc. (IES), Interstate Power Company
(Interstate), and Peoples Natural Gas Company, Division of UtiliCorp United Inc.
(Peoples).
All of the commenters supported the amendments to the rules.
Peoples stated it supported the adoption of theproposed amendments and urged the
Board to implement performance–based natural gas procurement policies and
procedures at some appropriate time in the future. Consumer Advocate requested
the Board amend the rule to allow an interested party to petition the Board to
commence a contested case in any year. The Board finds it is not necessary to
affirm that specific authority in this rule. Pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 476
and 199 IAC 6, Consumer Advocate or any interested person has the authority to
file a complaint with the Board at any time it finds it is necessary.
MidAmerican expressed a concern that the amendments to the
rule could result in a repetitious review of long–term existing contracts.
The Board will adopt the amendments as proposed. 199 IAC
19.11(1)“f” requires only a listing of all contracts executed since
the last review. 199 IAC 19.11(1)“b” requires utilities to file
contracts and arrangements executed or in effect for the future 12–month
and 3–year periods. Together, these requirements will give the Board all
of the information necessary to review the utilities’ procurement
practices.
These amendments will become effective March 15,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
476.6(15).
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [19.11] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 9441A, IAB 11/3/99.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published
2/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/9/00.]
ARC 9686A
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD/SERVICES
DIVISION[877]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 84A.1B(9) and
96.11, the Department of Workforce Development amends Chapter 2, “Mission
and Structure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9534A on December 15, 1999. No comments
concerning the amendment were received from the public. The amendment is
identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
The new rule allows for waivers in compliance with Executive
Order Number Eleven and is intended to provide greater access to Division
programs and services.
The Workforce Development Board adopted the new rule on
January 21, 2000.
This rule will become effective on March 15, 2000.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A and
Executive Order Number Eleven.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 877—Chapter 2 by adopting the following
new rule:
877—2.4(17A,ExecOrd11) Requests for waiver of
rules. Requests for waiver of a rule in the Workforce Development
Board/Services Division[877] of the Iowa Administrative Code shall be made to
the Division Administrator, Division of Workforce Development Center
Administration, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
2.4(1) Waivers from division rules shall not be
granted unless the following circumstances are met:
a. The department has exclusive rule–making authority to
promulgate the rule from which waiver is requested; and
b. No statute or rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver
from the rule from which waiver is requested.
2.4(2) The person that requests waiver of the rule
must provide clear and convincing evidence that:
a. Compliance with the rule will create an undue hardship on
the person requesting the waiver.
b. Substantially equal protection of health and safety will be
afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which
the waiver is requested.
c. The waiver will not harm other persons and will not
adversely affect the public interest.
2.4(3) The director shall grant or deny the waiver
within 60 days of the date the request is filed with the department after review
and recommendation of the division administrator. A denial of a request for a
waiver is absolutely final and is not appealable. The director shall deny the
request for waiver of a state or federal statute. If the request for waiver
relates to a time requirement of a rule, the request must be received before the
time specified in the rule has expired. The director may deny the request if
the request does not comply with the provisions of this rule.
2.4(4) Waivers are granted at the complete discretion
of the director after consideration of all relevant factors including, but not
limited to, the following:
a. The need of the person or entity directly affected by the
exception. Exceptions will be granted only in cases of extreme need.
b. Whether there are exceptional circumstances justifying an
exception to the general rule applicable in otherwise similar
circumstances.
c. Whether granting the exception would result in a net
savings to the state or promote efficiency in the administration of programs or
service delivery. Net savings or efficiency will make an exception more
likely.
d. In the case of services, assistance, or grants, whether
other possible sources have been exhausted. Exceptions will not generally be
granted if other sources are available.
e. The cost of the exception to the state and availability of
funds in the department’s budget.
2.4(5) All requests for waiver must substantially
conform to the following form:
(Name of person requesting waiver).
|
}
|
REQUEST FOR WAIVER OF
(SPECIFY RULE FOR WHICH WAIVER
IS REQUESTED).
|
Reasons for requesting waiver:
Name, address, telephone number and signature of person
submitting waiver request.
The specific rule to which an exception is requested or the
substance thereof.
The specific waiver requested.
The nature of the waiver requested, including any alternative
means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the
purpose of the rule.
2.4(6) The director may condition the grant of a
waiver on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of
the particular rule in question through alternative means.
2.4(7) A waiver is void if the material facts upon
which the request is based are not true or if material facts have been withheld.
The director may, at any time, cancel a waiver upon appropriate notice if the
director finds the facts as stated in the request appear not true, material
facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the
waiver has failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the person
requesting the waiver has failed to comply with conditions set forth in the
waiver approval.
2.4(8) All grants of waivers shall be indexed and
available to members of the public in the Division of Workforce Development
Center Administration, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309. In
addition, the director shall notify the workforce development board of any
ruling to grant a waiver at its next regularly scheduled meeting following the
ruling.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A and
Executive Order Number Eleven.
[Filed 1/21/00, effective 3/15/00]
[Published 2/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/9/00.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2000 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Feb 9 0:05:00 2000
URL: /Rules/2000/Bulletin/acb000209.html
sam